wxPython/src/msw/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 WINDOW_STYLE_MASK = _core_.WINDOW_STYLE_MASK
 106 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 107 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 108 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 109 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 110 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 111 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 112 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 113 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 114 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 115 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 116 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 117 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 118 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 119 PROCESS_ENTER = _core_.PROCESS_ENTER
 120 PASSWORD = _core_.PASSWORD
 121 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 122 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 123 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 124 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 125 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 126 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 127 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 128 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 129 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 130 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 131 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 132 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 133 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 134 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 135 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 136 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE = _core_.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 137 ST_DOTS_MIDDLE = _core_.ST_DOTS_MIDDLE
 138 ST_DOTS_END = _core_.ST_DOTS_END
 139 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 140 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 141 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 142 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 143 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 144 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 145 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 146 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 147 OK = _core_.OK
 148 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 149 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 150 YES = _core_.YES
 151 NO = _core_.NO
 152 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 153 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 154 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 155 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 156 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 157 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 158 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 159 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 160 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 161 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 162 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 163 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 164 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 165 RESET = _core_.RESET
 166 HELP = _core_.HELP
 167 MORE = _core_.MORE
 168 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 169 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 170 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 171 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 172 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 173 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 174 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 175 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 176 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 178 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 179 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 180 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 181 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 182 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 183 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 184 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 185 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 186 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 187 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 188 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 189 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 190 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 191 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 192 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 193 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 194 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 195 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 196 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 197 ID_PAGE_SETUP = _core_.ID_PAGE_SETUP
 198 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 199 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 200 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 201 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 202 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 203 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 204 ID_HELP_INDEX = _core_.ID_HELP_INDEX
 205 ID_HELP_SEARCH = _core_.ID_HELP_SEARCH
 206 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 207 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 208 ID_EDIT = _core_.ID_EDIT
 209 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 210 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 211 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 212 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 213 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 214 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 215 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 216 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 217 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 218 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 219 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 220 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 221 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 222 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 223 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 224 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 225 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 226 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 227 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 228 ID_FILE = _core_.ID_FILE
 229 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 230 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 231 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 232 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 233 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 234 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 235 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 236 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 237 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 238 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 239 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 240 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 241 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 242 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 243 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 244 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 245 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 246 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 247 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 248 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 249 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 250 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 251 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 252 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 253 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 254 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 255 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 256 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 257 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 258 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 259 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 260 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 261 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 262 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 263 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 264 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 265 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 266 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 267 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 268 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 269 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 270 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 271 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 272 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 273 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 274 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 275 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 276 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 277 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 278 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 279 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 280 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 281 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 282 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 283 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 284 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 285 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 286 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 287 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 288 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 289 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 290 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 291 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 292 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 293 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 294 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 295 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 296 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 297 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 298 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 299 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 300 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 301 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 302 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 303 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 304 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 305 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 306 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 307 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 308 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 309 UP = _core_.UP
 310 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 311 TOP = _core_.TOP
 312 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 313 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 314 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 315 WEST = _core_.WEST
 316 EAST = _core_.EAST
 317 ALL = _core_.ALL
 318 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 319 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 320 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 321 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 322 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 323 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 324 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 325 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 326 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 327 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 328 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 329 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 330 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 331 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 332 GROW = _core_.GROW
 333 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 334 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 335 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 336 TILE = _core_.TILE
 337 ADJUST_MINSIZE = _core_.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 338 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 339 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 340 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 341 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 342 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 343 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 344 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 345 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 346 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 347 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 348 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 349 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 350 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 351 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 352 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 353 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 354 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 355 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 356 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 357 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 358 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 359 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 360 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 361 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 362 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 363 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 364 DOT = _core_.DOT
 365 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 366 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 367 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 368 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 369 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 370 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 371 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 372 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 373 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 374 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 375 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 376 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 377 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 378 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 379 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 380 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 381 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 382 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 383 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 384 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 385 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 386 XOR = _core_.XOR
 387 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 388 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 389 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 390 COPY = _core_.COPY
 391 AND = _core_.AND
 392 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 393 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 394 NOR = _core_.NOR
 395 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 396 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 397 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 398 NAND = _core_.NAND
 399 OR = _core_.OR
 400 SET = _core_.SET
 401 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 402 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 403 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 404 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 405 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 406 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 407 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 408 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 409 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 410 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 411 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 412 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 413 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 414 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 415 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 416 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 417 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 418 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 419 WXK_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_PRIOR
 420 WXK_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NEXT
 421 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 422 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 423 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 424 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 425 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 426 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 427 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 428 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 429 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 430 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 431 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 432 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 433 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 434 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 435 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 436 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 437 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 438 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 439 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 440 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 441 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 442 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 443 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 444 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 445 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 446 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 447 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 448 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 449 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 450 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 451 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 452 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 453 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 454 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 455 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 456 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 457 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 458 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 459 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 460 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 461 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 462 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 463 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 464 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 465 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 466 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 467 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 468 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 469 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 470 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 471 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 472 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 473 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 474 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 475 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 476 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 477 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 478 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 479 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 480 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 481 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 482 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 483 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 484 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 485 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 504 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 505 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 506 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 507 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 508 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 509 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 510 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 511 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 512 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 513 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 514 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 515 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 516 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 517 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 518 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 519 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 520 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 521 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 522 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 523 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 524 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 525 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 526 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 527 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 528 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 529 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 530 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 531 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 532 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 533 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 534 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 535 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 536 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 537 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 538 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 539 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 540 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 541 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 542 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 543 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 544 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 545 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 546 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 547 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 548 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 549 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 550 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 551 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 552 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 553 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 554 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 555 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 556 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 557 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 558 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 559 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 560 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 561 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 562 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 563 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 564 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 565 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 566 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 567 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 568 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 569 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 570 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 571 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 572 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 573 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 574 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 575 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 576 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 577 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 578 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 579 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 580 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 581 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 582 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 583 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 584 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 585 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 586 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 587 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 588 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 589 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 590 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 591 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 592 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 593 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 594 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 595 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 596 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 597 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 598 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 599 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 600 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 601 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 602 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 603 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 604 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 605 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 606 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 607 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 608 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 609 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 610 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 611 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 612 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 613 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 614 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 615 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 616 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 617 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 618 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 619 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 620 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 621 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 622 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 623 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 624 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 625 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 626 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 627 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 628 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 629 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 630 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 631 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 632 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 633 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 634 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 635 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 636 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 637 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 638 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 639 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 640 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 641 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 642 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 643 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 644 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 645 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 646 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 647 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 648 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 649 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 650 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 651 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 652 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 653 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 654 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 655 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 656 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 657 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 658 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 659 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 660 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 661 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 662 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 663 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 664 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 665 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 666 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 667 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 668 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 669 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 670 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 671 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 672 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 673 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 674 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 675 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 676 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 677 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 678 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 679 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 680 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 681 Layout_Default = _core_.Layout_Default
 682 Layout_LeftToRight = _core_.Layout_LeftToRight
 683 Layout_RightToLeft = _core_.Layout_RightToLeft
 684 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 685
 686 class Object(object):
 687     """
 688     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 689     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 690     """
 691     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 692     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 693     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 694     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 695         """
 696         GetClassName(self) -> String
 697
 698         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 699         """
 700         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 701
 702     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 703         """
 704         Destroy(self)
 705
 706         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 707         """
 708         args[0].this.own(False)
 709         return _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 710
 711     ClassName = property(GetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName`")
 712 _core_.Object_swigregister(Object)
 713 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 714 cvar = _core_.cvar
 715 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 716
 717 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 718
 719 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 720 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 721 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 722 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 723 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 724 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 725 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 726 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 727 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 728 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 739 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 740 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 741 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 742 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 743 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 744 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 745 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 746 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 747 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 748 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 749 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 750 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 751 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 752 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 753 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 754 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 755 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 756 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 757 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 758 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 759 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 760 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 761 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 762 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 763 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 764 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 765 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 766 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 767 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 768 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 769 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 770 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 771
 772 class Size(object):
 773     """
 774     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 775     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 776     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 777     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 778     """
 779     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 780     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 781     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 782     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 783     x = width; y = height
 784     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 785         """
 786         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 787
 788         Creates a size object.
 789         """
 790         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 791     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 792     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 793     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 794         """
 795         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 796
 797         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 798         """
 799         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 800
 801     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 802         """
 803         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 804
 805         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
 806         """
 807         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 808
 809     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 810         """
 811         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 812
 813         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 814         """
 815         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 816
 817     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 818         """
 819         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 820
 821         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 822         """
 823         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 824
 825     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 826         """
 827         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 828
 829         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 830         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 831         """
 832         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 833
 834     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 835         """
 836         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 837
 838         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 839         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 840         """
 841         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 842
 843     def IncBy(*args, **kwargs):
 844         """IncBy(self, int dx, int dy)"""
 845         return _core_.Size_IncBy(*args, **kwargs)
 846
 847     def DecBy(*args, **kwargs):
 848         """DecBy(self, int dx, int dy)"""
 849         return _core_.Size_DecBy(*args, **kwargs)
 850
 851     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
 852         """
 853         Scale(self, float xscale, float yscale)
 854
 855         Scales the dimensions of this object by the given factors.
 856         """
 857         return _core_.Size_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
 858
 859     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 860         """
 861         Set(self, int w, int h)
 862
 863         Set both width and height.
 864         """
 865         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 866
 867     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 868         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 869         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 870
 871     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 872         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 873         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 874
 875     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 876         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 877         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 878
 879     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 880         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 881         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 882
 883     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 884         """
 885         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 886
 887         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 888         """
 889         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 890
 891     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 892         """
 893         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 894
 895         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 896         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 897         """
 898         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 899
 900     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 901         """
 902         Get() -> (width,height)
 903
 904         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 905         """
 906         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 907
 908     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 909     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 910     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 911     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 912     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 913     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 914         if index == 0: self.width = val
 915         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 916         else: raise IndexError
 917     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 918     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 919     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 920
 921 _core_.Size_swigregister(Size)
 922
 923 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 924
 925 class RealPoint(object):
 926     """
 927     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 928     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 929     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 930     """
 931     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 932     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 933     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 934     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 935     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 936         """
 937         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 938
 939         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 940         """
 941         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 942     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 943     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 944     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 945         """
 946         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 947
 948         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 949         """
 950         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 951
 952     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 953         """
 954         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 955
 956         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 957         """
 958         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 959
 960     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 961         """
 962         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 963
 964         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 965         """
 966         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 967
 968     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 969         """
 970         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 971
 972         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 973         """
 974         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 975
 976     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 977         """
 978         Set(self, double x, double y)
 979
 980         Set both the x and y properties
 981         """
 982         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 983
 984     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 985         """
 986         Get() -> (x,y)
 987
 988         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 989         """
 990         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 991
 992     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 993     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 994     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
 995     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 996     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 997     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 998         if index == 0: self.x = val
 999         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1000         else: raise IndexError
1001     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1002     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1003     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
1004
1005 _core_.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
1006
1007 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1008
1009 class Point(object):
1010     """
1011     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1012     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1013     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1014     """
1015     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1016     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1017     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1018     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1019     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1020         """
1021         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1022
1023         Create a wx.Point object
1024         """
1025         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1026     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1027     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1028     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1029         """
1030         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1031
1032         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1033         """
1034         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1035
1036     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1037         """
1038         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1039
1040         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1041         """
1042         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1043
1044     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1045         """
1046         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1047
1048         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1049         """
1050         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1051
1052     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1053         """
1054         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1055
1056         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1057         """
1058         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1059
1060     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1061         """
1062         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1063
1064         Add pt to this object.
1065         """
1066         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1067
1068     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1069         """
1070         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1071
1072         Subtract pt from this object.
1073         """
1074         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1075
1076     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1077         """
1078         Set(self, long x, long y)
1079
1080         Set both the x and y properties
1081         """
1082         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1083
1084     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1085         """
1086         Get() -> (x,y)
1087
1088         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1089         """
1090         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1091
1092     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1093     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1094     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1095     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1096     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1097     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1098         if index == 0: self.x = val
1099         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1100         else: raise IndexError
1101     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1102     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1103     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1104
1105 _core_.Point_swigregister(Point)
1106
1107 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1108
1109 class Rect(object):
1110     """
1111     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1112     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1113     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1114     """
1115     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1116     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1117     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1118         """
1119         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1120
1121         Create a new Rect object.
1122         """
1123         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1124     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1125     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1126     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1127         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1128         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1129
1130     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1131         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1132         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1133
1134     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1135         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1136         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1137
1138     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1139         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1140         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1141
1142     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1143         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1144         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1145
1146     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1147         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1148         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1149
1150     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1151         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1152         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1153
1154     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1155         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1156         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1157
1158     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1159         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1160         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1161
1162     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1163         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1164         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1165
1166     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1167         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1168         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1169
1170     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1171         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1172         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1173
1174     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1175         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1176         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1177
1178     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1179         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1180         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1181
1182     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1183         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1184         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1185
1186     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1187         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1188         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1189
1190     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1191         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1192         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1193
1194     def GetTopRight(*args, **kwargs):
1195         """GetTopRight(self) -> Point"""
1196         return _core_.Rect_GetTopRight(*args, **kwargs)
1197
1198     def SetTopRight(*args, **kwargs):
1199         """SetTopRight(self, Point p)"""
1200         return _core_.Rect_SetTopRight(*args, **kwargs)
1201
1202     def GetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1203         """GetBottomLeft(self) -> Point"""
1204         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1205
1206     def SetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1207         """SetBottomLeft(self, Point p)"""
1208         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1209
1210     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1211         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1212         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1213
1214     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1215         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1216         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1217
1218     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1219         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1220         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1221
1222     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1223         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1224         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1225
1226     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1227         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1228         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1229
1230     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1231         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1232         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1233
1234     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1235         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1236         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1237
1238     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1239         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1240         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1241
1242     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1243     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1244     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1245     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1246     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1247     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1248
1249     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1250         """
1251         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1252
1253         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1254
1255         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1256         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1257         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1258         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1259         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1260         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1261         direction.
1262
1263         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1264         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1265         first::
1266
1267             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1268             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1269
1270
1271         """
1272         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1273
1274     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1275         """
1276         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1277
1278         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1279         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1280         `Inflate` for a full description.
1281         """
1282         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1283
1284     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1285         """
1286         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1287
1288         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1289         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1290         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1291         """
1292         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1293
1294     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1295         """
1296         Offset(self, Point pt)
1297
1298         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1299         """
1300         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1301
1302     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1303         """
1304         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1305
1306         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1307         """
1308         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1309
1310     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1311         """
1312         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1313
1314         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1315         """
1316         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1317
1318     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1319         """
1320         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1321
1322         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1323         """
1324         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1325
1326     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1327         """
1328         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1329
1330         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1331         """
1332         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1333
1334     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1335         """
1336         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1337
1338         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1339         """
1340         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1341
1342     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1343         """
1344         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1345
1346         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1347         """
1348         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1349
1350     def ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs):
1351         """
1352         ContainsXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1353
1354         Return True if the point is inside the rect.
1355         """
1356         return _core_.Rect_ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs)
1357
1358     def Contains(*args, **kwargs):
1359         """
1360         Contains(self, Point pt) -> bool
1361
1362         Return True if the point is inside the rect.
1363         """
1364         return _core_.Rect_Contains(*args, **kwargs)
1365
1366     def ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs):
1367         """
1368         ContainsRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1369
1370         Returns ``True`` if the given rectangle is completely inside this
1371         rectangle or touches its boundary.
1372         """
1373         return _core_.Rect_ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs)
1374
1375     #Inside = wx._deprecated(Contains, "Use `Contains` instead.")
1376     #InsideXY = wx._deprecated(ContainsXY, "Use `ContainsXY` instead.")
1377     #InsideRect = wx._deprecated(ContainsRect, "Use `ContainsRect` instead.")
1378     Inside = Contains
1379     InsideXY = ContainsXY
1380     InsideRect = ContainsRect
1381
1382     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1383         """
1384         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1385
1386         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1387         """
1388         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1389
1390     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1391         """
1392         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1393
1394         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1395         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1396         """
1397         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1398
1399     CentreIn = CenterIn
1400     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1401     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1402     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1403     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1404     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1405         """
1406         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1407
1408         Set all rectangle properties.
1409         """
1410         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1411
1412     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1413         """
1414         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1415
1416         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1417         """
1418         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1419
1420     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1421     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1422     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1423     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1424     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1425     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1426         if index == 0: self.x = val
1427         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1428         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1429         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1430         else: raise IndexError
1431     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1432     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1433     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1434
1435     Bottom = property(GetBottom,SetBottom,doc="See `GetBottom` and `SetBottom`")
1436     BottomRight = property(GetBottomRight,SetBottomRight,doc="See `GetBottomRight` and `SetBottomRight`")
1437     BottomLeft = property(GetBottomLeft,SetBottomLeft,doc="See `GetBottomLeft` and `SetBottomLeft`")
1438     Height = property(GetHeight,SetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight` and `SetHeight`")
1439     Left = property(GetLeft,SetLeft,doc="See `GetLeft` and `SetLeft`")
1440     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
1441     Right = property(GetRight,SetRight,doc="See `GetRight` and `SetRight`")
1442     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
1443     Top = property(GetTop,SetTop,doc="See `GetTop` and `SetTop`")
1444     TopLeft = property(GetTopLeft,SetTopLeft,doc="See `GetTopLeft` and `SetTopLeft`")
1445     TopRight = property(GetTopRight,SetTopRight,doc="See `GetTopRight` and `SetTopRight`")
1446     Width = property(GetWidth,SetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth` and `SetWidth`")
1447     X = property(GetX,SetX,doc="See `GetX` and `SetX`")
1448     Y = property(GetY,SetY,doc="See `GetY` and `SetY`")
1449     Empty = property(IsEmpty,doc="See `IsEmpty`")
1450 _core_.Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1451
1452 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1453     """
1454     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1455
1456     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1457     """
1458     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1459     return val
1460
1461 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1462     """
1463     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1464
1465     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1466     """
1467     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1468     return val
1469
1470 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1471     """
1472     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1473
1474     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1475     """
1476     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1477     return val
1478
1479
1480 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1481   """
1482     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1483
1484     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1485     """
1486   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1487 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1488
1489 class Point2D(object):
1490     """
1491     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1492     with floating point values.
1493     """
1494     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1495     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1496     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1497         """
1498         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1499
1500         Create a w.Point2D object.
1501         """
1502         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1503     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point2D
1504     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1505     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1506         """
1507         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1508
1509         Convert to integer
1510         """
1511         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1512
1513     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1514         """
1515         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1516
1517         Convert to integer
1518         """
1519         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1520
1521     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1522         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1523         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1524
1525     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1526         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1527         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1528
1529     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1530         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1531         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1532
1533     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1534         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1535         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1536
1537     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1538         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1539         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1540     def Normalize(self):
1541         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1542
1543     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1544         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1545         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1546
1547     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1548         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1549         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1550
1551     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1552         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1553         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1554
1555     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1556         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1557         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1558
1559     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1560         """
1561         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1562
1563         the reflection of this point
1564         """
1565         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1566
1567     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1568         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1569         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1570
1571     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1572         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1573         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1574
1575     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1576         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1577         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1578
1579     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1580         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1581         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1582
1583     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1584         """
1585         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1586
1587         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1588         """
1589         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1590
1591     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1592         """
1593         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1594
1595         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1596         """
1597         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1598
1599     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1600     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1601     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1602         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1603         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1604
1605     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1606         """
1607         Get() -> (x,y)
1608
1609         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1610         """
1611         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1612
1613     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1614     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1615     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1616     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1617     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1618     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1619         if index == 0: self.x = val
1620         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1621         else: raise IndexError
1622     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1623     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1624     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1625
1626     Floor = property(GetFloor,doc="See `GetFloor`")
1627     Rounded = property(GetRounded,doc="See `GetRounded`")
1628     VectorAngle = property(GetVectorAngle,SetVectorAngle,doc="See `GetVectorAngle` and `SetVectorAngle`")
1629     VectorLength = property(GetVectorLength,SetVectorLength,doc="See `GetVectorLength` and `SetVectorLength`")
1630 _core_.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1631
1632 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1633     """
1634     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1635
1636     Create a w.Point2D object.
1637     """
1638     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1639     return val
1640
1641 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1642     """
1643     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1644
1645     Create a w.Point2D object.
1646     """
1647     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1648     return val
1649
1650 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1651
1652 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1653 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1654 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1655 class InputStream(object):
1656     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1657     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1658     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1659     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1660         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1661         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1662     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1663     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1664     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1665         """close(self)"""
1666         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1667
1668     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1669         """flush(self)"""
1670         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
1671
1672     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
1673         """eof(self) -> bool"""
1674         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
1675
1676     def read(*args, **kwargs):
1677         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1678         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
1679
1680     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
1681         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1682         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
1683
1684     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
1685         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1686         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
1687
1688     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
1689         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1690         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
1691
1692     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
1693         """tell(self) -> int"""
1694         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
1695
1696     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
1697         """Peek(self) -> char"""
1698         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
1699
1700     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
1701         """GetC(self) -> char"""
1702         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
1703
1704     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
1705         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1706         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
1707
1708     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1709         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1710         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1711
1712     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
1713         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1714         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
1715
1716     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
1717         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1718         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
1719
1720     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
1721         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1722         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
1723
1724     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
1725         """TellI(self) -> long"""
1726         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
1727
1728 _core_.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
1729 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
1730 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
1731
1732 class OutputStream(object):
1733     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1734     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1735     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1736     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1737     def write(*args, **kwargs):
1738         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
1739         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
1740
1741     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
1742         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
1743         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
1744
1745 _core_.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
1746
1747 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1748
1749 class FSFile(Object):
1750     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
1751     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1752     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1753     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1754         """
1755         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
1756             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
1757         """
1758         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
1759     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
1760     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1761     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
1762         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
1763         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
1764
1765     def DetachStream(*args, **kwargs):
1766         """DetachStream(self)"""
1767         return _core_.FSFile_DetachStream(*args, **kwargs)
1768
1769     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1770         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1771         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1772
1773     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1774         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
1775         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1776
1777     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1778         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
1779         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1780
1781     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
1782         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
1783         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
1784
1785     Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`")
1786     Location = property(GetLocation,doc="See `GetLocation`")
1787     MimeType = property(GetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType`")
1788     ModificationTime = property(GetModificationTime,doc="See `GetModificationTime`")
1789     Stream = property(GetStream,doc="See `GetStream`")
1790 _core_.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
1791
1792 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
1793     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
1794     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1795     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1796     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1797     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
1798     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1799 _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
1800
1801 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1802     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
1803     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1804     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1805     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1806         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
1807         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1808         self._setCallbackInfo(self, FileSystemHandler)
1809
1810     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
1811         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
1812         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
1813
1814     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1815         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1816         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1817
1818     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1819         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1820         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1821
1822     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1823         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1824         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1825
1826     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1827         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1828         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1829
1830     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
1831         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
1832         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
1833
1834     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1835         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1836         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1837
1838     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1839         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
1840         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1841
1842     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1843         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1844         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1845
1846     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
1847         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
1848         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
1849
1850     Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`")
1851     LeftLocation = property(GetLeftLocation,doc="See `GetLeftLocation`")
1852     MimeTypeFromExt = property(GetMimeTypeFromExt,doc="See `GetMimeTypeFromExt`")
1853     Protocol = property(GetProtocol,doc="See `GetProtocol`")
1854     RightLocation = property(GetRightLocation,doc="See `GetRightLocation`")
1855 _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
1856
1857 class FileSystem(Object):
1858     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
1859     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1860     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1861     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1862         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
1863         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
1864     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
1865     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1866     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
1867         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
1868         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
1869
1870     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
1871         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
1872         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
1873
1874     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1875         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
1876         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1877
1878     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1879         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1880         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1881
1882     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1883         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1884         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1885
1886     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1887         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1888         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1889
1890     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
1891     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1892         """RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler"""
1893         return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1894
1895     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
1896     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
1897         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
1898         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
1899
1900     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
1901     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1902         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1903         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1904
1905     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
1906     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1907         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1908         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1909
1910     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
1911     Path = property(GetPath,doc="See `GetPath`")
1912 _core_.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
1913
1914 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1915   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1916   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1917
1918 def FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1919   """FileSystem_RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler"""
1920   return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1921
1922 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
1923   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
1924   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
1925
1926 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1927   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1928   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1929
1930 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1931   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1932   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1933
1934 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1935     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
1936     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1937     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1938     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1939         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
1940         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1941     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1942         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1943         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1944
1945     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1946         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1947         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1948
1949 _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
1950
1951 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1952     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
1953     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1954     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1955     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1956         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
1957         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1958     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1959         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1960         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1961
1962     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1963         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1964         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1965
1966     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1967         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1968         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1969
1970     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1971         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1972         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1973
1974 _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
1975
1976
1977 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
1978   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
1979   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
1980
1981 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
1982   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
1983   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
1984
1985 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
1986   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
1987   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
1988 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
1989     """
1990     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
1991     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
1992     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
1993     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
1994     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
1995     """
1996     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
1997         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1998     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
1999         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
2000     elif type(dataItem) == str:
2001         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
2002     else:
2003         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
2004
2005 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2006     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
2007     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2008     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2009     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2010         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
2011         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2012     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2013         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2014         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2015
2016     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
2017     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
2018     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2019         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2020         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2021
2022     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2023         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2024         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2025
2026     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2027         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2028         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2029
2030     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2031         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2032         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2033
2034 _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
2035
2036 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2037   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2038   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2039
2040 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
2041 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
2042 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
2043 IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL = _core_.IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL
2044 IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH
2045 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2046
2047 class ImageHandler(Object):
2048     """
2049     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2050     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
2051     normally seen by the application.
2052     """
2053     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2054     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
2055     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2056     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
2057         """GetName(self) -> String"""
2058         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
2059
2060     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2061         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
2062         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2063
2064     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
2065         """GetType(self) -> long"""
2066         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
2067
2068     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2069         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
2070         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2071
2072     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2073         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
2074         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2075
2076     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2077         """CanReadStream(self, InputStream stream) -> bool"""
2078         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2079
2080     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
2081         """SetName(self, String name)"""
2082         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
2083
2084     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2085         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
2086         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2087
2088     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
2089         """SetType(self, long type)"""
2090         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
2091
2092     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2093         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2094         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2095
2096     Extension = property(GetExtension,SetExtension,doc="See `GetExtension` and `SetExtension`")
2097     MimeType = property(GetMimeType,SetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType` and `SetMimeType`")
2098     Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
2099     Type = property(GetType,SetType,doc="See `GetType` and `SetType`")
2100 _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2101
2102 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2103     """
2104     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2105     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2106     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2107     the following methods::
2108
2109         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2110             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2111
2112         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2113             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2114
2115         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2116             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2117                this handler's image file format.'''
2118
2119         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2120             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2121                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2122
2123     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2124     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2125     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2126
2127     """
2128     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2129     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2130     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2131         """
2132         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2133
2134         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2135         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2136         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2137         the following methods::
2138
2139             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2140                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2141
2142             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2143                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2144
2145             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2146                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2147                    this handler's image file format.'''
2148
2149             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2150                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2151                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2152
2153         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2154         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2155         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2156
2157         """
2158         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2159         self._SetSelf(self)
2160
2161     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2162         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2163         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2164
2165 _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2166
2167 class ImageHistogram(object):
2168     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2169     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2170     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2171     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2172         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2173         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2174     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2175         """
2176         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2177
2178         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2179         """
2180         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2181
2182     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2183     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2184         """
2185         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2186
2187         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2188         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2189         success flag and rgb values.
2190         """
2191         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2192
2193     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2194         """
2195         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2196
2197         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2198         key value from a RGB tripple.
2199         """
2200         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2201
2202     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2203         """
2204         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2205
2206         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2207         """
2208         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2209
2210     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2211         """
2212         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2213
2214         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2215         """
2216         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2217
2218 _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2219
2220 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2221   """
2222     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2223
2224     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2225     """
2226   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2227
2228 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2229     """
2230     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2231     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2232     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2233     color space.
2234     """
2235     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2236     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2237     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2238         """
2239         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2240
2241         Constructor.
2242         """
2243         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2244     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2245     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2246     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2247 _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2248
2249 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2250     """
2251     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2252     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2253     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2254     color space.
2255     """
2256     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2257     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2258     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2259         """
2260         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2261
2262         Constructor.
2263         """
2264         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2265     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2266     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2267     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2268 _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2269
2270 class Image(Object):
2271     """
2272     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2273     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2274     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2275     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2276
2277     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2278     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2279     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2280     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2281
2282     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2283     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2284     bitmap object.
2285
2286     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2287     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2288     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2289     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2290     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2291
2292     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2293     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2294     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2295     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2296     """
2297     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2298     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2299     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2300         """
2301         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2302
2303         Loads an image from a file.
2304         """
2305         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2306     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2307     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2308     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2309         """
2310         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2311
2312         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2313         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2314         """
2315         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2316
2317     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2318         """
2319         Destroy(self)
2320
2321         Destroys the image data.
2322         """
2323         args[0].this.own(False)
2324         return _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2325
2326     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2327         """
2328         Scale(self, int width, int height, int quality=IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL) -> Image
2329
2330         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2331         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2332         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.  The ``quality`` parameter
2333         specifies what method to use for resampling the image.  It can be
2334         either wx.IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL, which uses the normal default scaling
2335         method of pixel replication, or wx.IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH which uses
2336         bicubic and box averaging resampling methods for upsampling and
2337         downsampling respectively.
2338         """
2339         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2340
2341     def ResampleBox(*args, **kwargs):
2342         """ResampleBox(self, int width, int height) -> Image"""
2343         return _core_.Image_ResampleBox(*args, **kwargs)
2344
2345     def ResampleBicubic(*args, **kwargs):
2346         """ResampleBicubic(self, int width, int height) -> Image"""
2347         return _core_.Image_ResampleBicubic(*args, **kwargs)
2348
2349     def Blur(*args, **kwargs):
2350         """
2351         Blur(self, int radius) -> Image
2352
2353         Blurs the image in both horizontal and vertical directions by the
2354         specified pixel ``radius``. This should not be used when using a
2355         single mask colour for transparency.
2356         """
2357         return _core_.Image_Blur(*args, **kwargs)
2358
2359     def BlurHorizontal(*args, **kwargs):
2360         """
2361         BlurHorizontal(self, int radius) -> Image
2362
2363         Blurs the image in the horizontal direction only. This should not be
2364         used when using a single mask colour for transparency.
2365
2366         """
2367         return _core_.Image_BlurHorizontal(*args, **kwargs)
2368
2369     def BlurVertical(*args, **kwargs):
2370         """
2371         BlurVertical(self, int radius) -> Image
2372
2373         Blurs the image in the vertical direction only. This should not be
2374         used when using a single mask colour for transparency.
2375         """
2376         return _core_.Image_BlurVertical(*args, **kwargs)
2377
2378     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2379         """
2380         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2381
2382         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2383         """
2384         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2385
2386     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2387         """
2388         Rescale(self, int width, int height, int quality=IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL) -> Image
2389
2390         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2391         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2392
2393         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2394         """
2395         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2396
2397     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2398         """
2399         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2400
2401         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2402         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2403         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2404         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2405         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2406         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2407         newly exposed areas.
2408
2409         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2410         """
2411         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2412
2413     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2414         """
2415         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2416
2417         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2418         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2419         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2420         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2421         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2422         """
2423         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2424
2425     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2426         """
2427         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2428
2429         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2430         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2431         safe way to manipulate the data.
2432         """
2433         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2434
2435     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2436         """
2437         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2438
2439         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2440         """
2441         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2442
2443     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2444         """
2445         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2446
2447         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2448         """
2449         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2450
2451     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2452         """
2453         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2454
2455         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2456         """
2457         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2458
2459     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2460         """
2461         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2462
2463         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2464         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2465         for this.
2466         """
2467         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2468
2469     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2470         """
2471         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2472
2473         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2474         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2475         this.
2476
2477         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2478         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2479         the fully opaque pixels.
2480         """
2481         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2482
2483     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2484         """
2485         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2486
2487         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2488         """
2489         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2490
2491     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2492         """
2493         InitAlpha(self)
2494
2495         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2496         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2497         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2498         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2499         """
2500         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2501
2502     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2503         """
2504         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2505
2506         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2507         than the spcified threshold.
2508         """
2509         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2510
2511     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2512         """
2513         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2514
2515         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2516         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2517         success flag and rgb values.
2518         """
2519         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2520
2521     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2522         """
2523         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2524
2525         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2526         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2527         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2528         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2529
2530         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2531         nothing.
2532         """
2533         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2534
2535     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2536         """
2537         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2538
2539         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2540         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2541         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2542         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2543         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2544         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2545         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2546         """
2547         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2548
2549     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2550         """
2551         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2552
2553         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2554         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2555         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2556         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2557         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2558
2559         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2560         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2561         mask was successfully applied.
2562
2563         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2564         computationally intensive operation.
2565         """
2566         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2567
2568     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2569         """
2570         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2571
2572         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2573         """
2574         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2575
2576     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2577     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2578         """
2579         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2580
2581         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2582         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2583         the number of available images.
2584         """
2585         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2586
2587     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2588     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2589         """
2590         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2591
2592         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2593         library will try to autodetect the format.
2594         """
2595         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2596
2597     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2598         """
2599         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2600
2601         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2602         string.
2603         """
2604         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2605
2606     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2607         """
2608         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2609
2610         Saves an image in the named file.
2611         """
2612         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2613
2614     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2615         """
2616         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2617
2618         Saves an image in the named file.
2619         """
2620         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2621
2622     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2623         """
2624         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2625
2626         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2627         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2628         object.
2629         """
2630         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2631
2632     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2633     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2634         """
2635         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2636
2637         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2638         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2639         autodetect the format.
2640         """
2641         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2642
2643     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2644         """
2645         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2646
2647         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2648         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2649         """
2650         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2651
2652     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
2653         """
2654         IsOk(self) -> bool
2655
2656         Returns true if image data is present.
2657         """
2658         return _core_.Image_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
2659
2660     Ok = IsOk
2661     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2662         """
2663         GetWidth(self) -> int
2664
2665         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2666         """
2667         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2668
2669     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
2670         """
2671         GetHeight(self) -> int
2672
2673         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2674         """
2675         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
2676
2677     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
2678         """
2679         GetSize(self) -> Size
2680
2681         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2682         """
2683         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
2684
2685     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
2686         """
2687         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2688
2689         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2690         entirely to the image.
2691         """
2692         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
2693
2694     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
2695         """
2696         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2697
2698         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2699         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2700         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2701         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2702         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2703         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2704         newly exposed areas.
2705         """
2706         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
2707
2708     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
2709         """
2710         Copy(self) -> Image
2711
2712         Returns an identical copy of the image.
2713         """
2714         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
2715
2716     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
2717         """
2718         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2719
2720         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2721         and any out of bounds problems.
2722         """
2723         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
2724
2725     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
2726         """
2727         GetData(self) -> PyObject
2728
2729         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2730         """
2731         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
2732
2733     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
2734         """
2735         SetData(self, buffer data)
2736
2737         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
2738         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
2739         the data must be width*height*3.
2740         """
2741         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
2742
2743     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2744         """
2745         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2746
2747         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
2748         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
2749         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2750         """
2751         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2752
2753     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2754         """
2755         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
2756
2757         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
2758         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2759         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
2760         """
2761         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2762
2763     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2764         """
2765         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
2766
2767         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
2768         """
2769         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2770
2771     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2772         """
2773         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
2774
2775         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
2776         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
2777         data must be width*height.
2778         """
2779         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2780
2781     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2782         """
2783         GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2784
2785         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the Alpha
2786         data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do not
2787         use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2788         """
2789         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2790
2791     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2792         """
2793         SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)
2794
2795         Sets the internal image alpha pointer to point at a Python buffer
2796         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2797         ensure that the buffer object lives as long as the wx.Image does.
2798         """
2799         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2800
2801     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2802         """
2803         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2804
2805         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
2806         mask).
2807         """
2808         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2809
2810     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2811         """
2812         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
2813
2814         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
2815         """
2816         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2817
2818     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
2819         """
2820         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
2821
2822         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
2823         """
2824         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
2825
2826     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2827         """
2828         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
2829
2830         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
2831         """
2832         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2833
2834     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2835         """
2836         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
2837
2838         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
2839         """
2840         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2841
2842     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
2843         """
2844         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
2845
2846         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
2847         determined by the current mask colour.
2848         """
2849         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
2850
2851     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
2852         """
2853         HasMask(self) -> bool
2854
2855         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
2856         """
2857         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
2858
2859     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
2860         """
2861         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
2862             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
2863
2864         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
2865         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
2866         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
2867         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
2868         will be used as the fill colour.
2869
2870         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
2871         """
2872         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
2873
2874     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
2875         """
2876         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
2877
2878         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
2879         indicated by ``clockwise``.
2880         """
2881         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
2882
2883     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
2884         """
2885         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
2886
2887         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
2888         indicates the orientation.
2889         """
2890         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
2891
2892     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
2893         """
2894         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
2895
2896         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
2897         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
2898         """
2899         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
2900
2901     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
2902         """
2903         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
2904
2905         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
2906         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
2907         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
2908         """
2909         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
2910
2911     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
2912         """
2913         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
2914
2915         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
2916         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
2917         colour everywhere else.
2918         """
2919         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
2920
2921     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2922         """
2923         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
2924
2925         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
2926         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
2927         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
2928         """
2929         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2930
2931     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2932         """
2933         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
2934
2935         Sets an image option as an integer.
2936         """
2937         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2938
2939     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2940         """
2941         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
2942
2943         Gets the value of an image handler option.
2944         """
2945         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2946
2947     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2948         """
2949         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
2950
2951         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
2952         option is not present, the function returns 0.
2953         """
2954         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2955
2956     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
2957         """
2958         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
2959
2960         Returns true if the given option is present.
2961         """
2962         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
2963
2964     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
2965         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
2966         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
2967
2968     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
2969         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
2970         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
2971
2972     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2973         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2974         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2975
2976     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2977     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2978         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2979         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2980
2981     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
2982     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2983         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
2984         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2985
2986     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2987     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2988         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
2989         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2990
2991     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
2992     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
2993         """
2994         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
2995
2996         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
2997         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
2998         dialog boxes.
2999         """
3000         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
3001
3002     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
3003     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3004         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
3005         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3006
3007     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3008         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
3009         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3010
3011     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
3012         """
3013         RotateHue(self, double angle)
3014
3015         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
3016         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
3017         """
3018         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
3019
3020     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3021         """
3022         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3023
3024         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3025         """
3026         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3027
3028     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
3029     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3030         """
3031         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3032
3033         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3034         """
3035         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3036
3037     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
3038     def __nonzero__(self): return self.IsOk()
3039     AlphaBuffer = property(GetAlphaBuffer,SetAlphaBuffer,doc="See `GetAlphaBuffer` and `SetAlphaBuffer`")
3040     AlphaData = property(GetAlphaData,SetAlphaData,doc="See `GetAlphaData` and `SetAlphaData`")
3041     Data = property(GetData,SetData,doc="See `GetData` and `SetData`")
3042     DataBuffer = property(GetDataBuffer,SetDataBuffer,doc="See `GetDataBuffer` and `SetDataBuffer`")
3043     Height = property(GetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight`")
3044     MaskBlue = property(GetMaskBlue,doc="See `GetMaskBlue`")
3045     MaskGreen = property(GetMaskGreen,doc="See `GetMaskGreen`")
3046     MaskRed = property(GetMaskRed,doc="See `GetMaskRed`")
3047     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
3048     Width = property(GetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth`")
3049 _core_.Image_swigregister(Image)
3050
3051 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
3052     """
3053     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
3054
3055     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
3056     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
3057     """
3058     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
3059     return val
3060
3061 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
3062     """
3063     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
3064
3065     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
3066     object.
3067     """
3068     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
3069     return val
3070
3071 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
3072     """
3073     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
3074
3075     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
3076     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
3077     """
3078     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
3079     return val
3080
3081 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
3082     """
3083     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
3084
3085     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
3086     pixels to black.
3087     """
3088     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
3089     return val
3090
3091 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3092     """
3093     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
3094
3095     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
3096     """
3097     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3098     return val
3099
3100 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
3101     """
3102     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
3103
3104     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
3105     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
3106     must be width*height*3.
3107     """
3108     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
3109     return val
3110
3111 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
3112     """
3113     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
3114
3115     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
3116     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
3117     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
3118     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
3119     """
3120     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
3121     return val
3122
3123 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
3124   """
3125     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
3126
3127     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
3128     """
3129   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
3130
3131 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
3132   """
3133     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
3134
3135     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
3136     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
3137     the number of available images.
3138     """
3139   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
3140
3141 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
3142   """
3143     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
3144
3145     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
3146     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
3147     object.
3148     """
3149   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
3150
3151 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3152   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3153   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3154
3155 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3156   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3157   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3158
3159 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3160   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3161   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3162
3163 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3164   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3165   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3166
3167 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3168   """
3169     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3170
3171     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3172     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3173     dialog boxes.
3174     """
3175   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3176
3177 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3178   """
3179     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3180
3181     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3182     """
3183   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3184
3185 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3186   """
3187     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3188
3189     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3190     """
3191   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3192
3193
3194 def _ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3195   """_ImageFromBuffer(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha=None) -> Image"""
3196   return _core_._ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3197 def ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer=None):
3198     """
3199     Creates a `wx.Image` from the data in dataBuffer.  The dataBuffer
3200     parameter must be a Python object that implements the buffer interface,
3201     such as a string, array, etc.  The dataBuffer object is expected to
3202     contain a series of RGB bytes and be width*height*3 bytes long.  A buffer
3203     object can optionally be supplied for the image's alpha channel data, and
3204     it is expected to be width*height bytes long.
3205
3206     The wx.Image will be created with its data and alpha pointers initialized
3207     to the memory address pointed to by the buffer objects, thus saving the
3208     time needed to copy the image data from the buffer object to the wx.Image.
3209     While this has advantages, it also has the shoot-yourself-in-the-foot
3210     risks associated with sharing a C pointer between two objects.
3211
3212     To help alleviate the risk a reference to the data and alpha buffer
3213     objects are kept with the wx.Image, so that they won't get deleted until
3214     after the wx.Image is deleted.  However please be aware that it is not
3215     guaranteed that an object won't move its memory buffer to a new location
3216     when it needs to resize its contents.  If that happens then the wx.Image
3217     will end up referring to an invalid memory location and could cause the
3218     application to crash.  Therefore care should be taken to not manipulate
3219     the objects used for the data and alpha buffers in a way that would cause
3220     them to change size.
3221     """
3222     image = _core_._ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer)
3223     image._buffer = dataBuffer
3224     image._alpha = alphaBuffer
3225     return image
3226
3227 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3228     """
3229     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3230     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3231     """
3232     pass
3233
3234 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3235 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3236 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3237 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3238 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3239 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3240 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3241 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3242 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3243 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3244 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3245 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3246 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3247 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3248 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3249     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3250     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3251     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3252     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3253         """
3254         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3255
3256         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3257         """
3258         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3259 _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3260 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3261 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3262 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3263 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3264 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3265 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3266 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3267 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3268 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3269 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3270 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3271 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3272 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3273 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3274 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3275 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3276
3277 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3278     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3279     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3280     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3281     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3282         """
3283         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3284
3285         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3286         """
3287         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3288 _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3289
3290 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3291     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3292     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3293     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3294     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3295         """
3296         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3297
3298         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3299         """
3300         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3301 _core_.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3302
3303 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3304     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3305     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3306     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3307     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3308         """
3309         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3310
3311         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3312         """
3313         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3314 _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3315
3316 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3317     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3318     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3319     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3320     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3321         """
3322         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3323
3324         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3325         """
3326         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3327 _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3328
3329 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3330     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3331     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3332     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3333     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3334         """
3335         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3336
3337         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3338         """
3339         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3340 _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3341
3342 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3343     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3344     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3345     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3346     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3347         """
3348         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3349
3350         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3351         """
3352         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3353 _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3354
3355 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3356     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3357     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3358     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3359     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3360         """
3361         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3362
3363         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3364         """
3365         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3366 _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3367
3368 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3369     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3370     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3371     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3372     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3373         """
3374         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3375
3376         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3377         """
3378         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3379 _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3380
3381 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3382     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3383     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3384     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3385     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3386         """
3387         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3388
3389         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3390         """
3391         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3392 _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3393
3394 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3395     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3396     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3397     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3398     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3399         """
3400         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3401
3402         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3403         """
3404         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3405 _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3406
3407 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3408 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3409 class Quantize(object):
3410     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3411     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3412     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3413     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3414     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3415         """
3416         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3417
3418         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3419         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3420         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3421         """
3422         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3423
3424     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3425 _core_.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3426
3427 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3428   """
3429     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3430
3431     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3432     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3433     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3434     """
3435   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3436
3437 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3438
3439 class EvtHandler(Object):
3440     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3441     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3442     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3443     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3444         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3445         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3446         self._setOORInfo(self)
3447
3448     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3449         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3450         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3451
3452     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3453         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3454         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3455
3456     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3457         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3458         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3459
3460     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3461         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3462         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3463
3464     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3465         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3466         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3467
3468     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3469         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3470         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3471
3472     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3473         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3474         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3475
3476     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3477         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3478         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3479
3480     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3481         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3482         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3483
3484     def AllowReentrance(*args, **kwargs):
3485         """AllowReentrance(self, bool allow=True)"""
3486         return _core_.EvtHandler_AllowReentrance(*args, **kwargs)
3487
3488     def IsReentranceAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
3489         """IsReentranceAllowed(self) -> bool"""
3490         return _core_.EvtHandler_IsReentranceAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
3491
3492     def IsEventHandlingInProgress(*args, **kwargs):
3493         """IsEventHandlingInProgress(self) -> bool"""
3494         return _core_.EvtHandler_IsEventHandlingInProgress(*args, **kwargs)
3495
3496     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3497         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3498         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3499
3500     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3501         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3502         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3503
3504     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3505         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3506         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3507         args[0].thisown = 0
3508         return val
3509
3510     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3511         """
3512         Bind an event to an event handler.
3513
3514         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3515                       type of event to bind,
3516
3517         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3518                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3519                       disconnect an event handler.
3520
3521         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3522                       different window than self, but you still
3523                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3524                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3525                       passing the source of the event, the event
3526                       handling system is able to differentiate
3527                       between the same event type from different
3528                       controls.
3529
3530         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3531                    of instance.
3532
3533         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3534                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3535         """
3536         if source is not None:
3537             id  = source.GetId()
3538         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3539
3540     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3541         """
3542         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3543         Returns True if successful.
3544         """
3545         if source is not None:
3546             id  = source.GetId()
3547         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3548
3549     EvtHandlerEnabled = property(GetEvtHandlerEnabled,SetEvtHandlerEnabled,doc="See `GetEvtHandlerEnabled` and `SetEvtHandlerEnabled`")
3550     NextHandler = property(GetNextHandler,SetNextHandler,doc="See `GetNextHandler` and `SetNextHandler`")
3551     PreviousHandler = property(GetPreviousHandler,SetPreviousHandler,doc="See `GetPreviousHandler` and `SetPreviousHandler`")
3552 _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3553
3554 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3555
3556 class PyEventBinder(object):
3557     """
3558     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3559     handlers.
3560     """
3561     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3562         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3563             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3564         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3565
3566         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3567             self.evtType = evtType
3568         else:
3569             self.evtType = [evtType]
3570
3571
3572     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3573         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3574         for et in self.evtType:
3575             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3576
3577
3578     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3579         """Remove an event binding."""
3580         success = 0
3581         for et in self.evtType:
3582             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3583         return success != 0
3584
3585
3586     def __call__(self, *args):
3587         """
3588         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3589         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3590         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3591         type of the event.
3592         """
3593         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3594         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3595         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3596         target = args[0]
3597         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3598             func = args[1]
3599         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3600             id1 = args[1]
3601             func = args[2]
3602         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3603             id1 = args[1]
3604             id2 = args[2]
3605             func = args[3]
3606         else:
3607             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3608
3609         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3610
3611
3612 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3613 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3614     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3615 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3616     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3617
3618
3619 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3620
3621 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3622
3623 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3624 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3625
3626 def NewEventType(*args):
3627   """NewEventType() -> EventType"""
3628   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3629 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3630 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3631 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3632 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3633 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3634 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3635 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3636 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3637 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3638 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3639 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3640 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3641 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3642 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3643 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3644 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3645 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3646 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3647 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3648 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3649 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3650 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3651 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3652 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3653 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3654 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3655 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3656 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3657 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3658 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3659 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3660 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3661 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3662 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3663 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3664 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3665 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3666 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3667 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3668 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3669 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3670 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3671 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3672 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3673 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3674 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3675 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3676 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
3677 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3678 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3679 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3680 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3681 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3682 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3683 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3684 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3685 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3686 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3687 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3688 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3689 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3690 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3691 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3692 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3693 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3694 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3695 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3696 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3697 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3698 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3699 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3700 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3701 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
3702 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
3703 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3704 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3705 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3706 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3707 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3708 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
3709 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
3710 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
3711 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3712 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3713 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3714 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST
3715 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
3716 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3717 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3718 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3719 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3720 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3721 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3722 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3723 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3724 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3725 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
3726 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
3727 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
3728 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
3729 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
3730 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
3731 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
3732 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
3733 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
3734 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
3735 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
3736 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
3737 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
3738 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
3739 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
3740 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
3741 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
3742 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
3743 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
3744 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
3745 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
3746 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
3747 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
3748 #
3749 # Create some event binders
3750 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
3751 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
3752 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
3753 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
3754 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
3755 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3756 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3757 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
3758 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
3759 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
3760 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
3761 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
3762 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
3763 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
3764 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
3765 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
3766 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
3767 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
3768 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
3769 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
3770 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
3771 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
3772 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
3773 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
3774 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
3775 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3776 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3777 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
3778 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
3779 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
3780 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
3781 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
3782 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
3783 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
3784 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
3785 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
3786 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
3787 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
3788 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
3789 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
3790 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
3791 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST )
3792
3793 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
3794 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
3795 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
3796 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
3797 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
3798 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
3799 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
3800 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
3801 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
3802 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
3803 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
3804 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
3805 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
3806
3807 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
3808                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
3809                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
3810                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
3811                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
3812                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
3813                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
3814                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
3815                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
3816                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
3817                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
3818                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
3819                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3820                                      ])
3821
3822
3823 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
3824 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
3825                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
3826                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
3827                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
3828                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
3829                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
3830                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
3831                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
3832                                   ])
3833
3834 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
3835 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
3836 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
3837 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
3838 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
3839 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
3840 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
3841 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
3842
3843 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
3844 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3845                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3846                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3847                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3848                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3849                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3850                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3851                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3852                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3853                                ])
3854
3855 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
3856 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
3857 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
3858 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
3859 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
3860 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
3861 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
3862 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
3863 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
3864 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3865
3866 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
3867 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3868                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3869                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3870                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3871                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3872                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3873                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3874                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3875                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3876                                        ], 1)
3877
3878 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
3879 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
3880 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
3881 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
3882 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
3883 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
3884 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
3885 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
3886 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
3887 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
3888
3889 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
3890 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
3891 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
3892 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3893 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
3894 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
3895 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
3896 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
3897 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3898 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
3899
3900 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
3901 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3902 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3903 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
3904 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
3905 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
3906 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
3907 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
3908 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
3909
3910
3911 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
3912 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
3913 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
3914 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
3915 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
3916 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
3917 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
3918
3919 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
3920
3921 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
3922 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
3923
3924 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
3925
3926 EVT_TEXT_CUT   =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT )
3927 EVT_TEXT_COPY  =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY )
3928 EVT_TEXT_PASTE =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE )
3929
3930
3931 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3932
3933 class Event(Object):
3934     """
3935     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
3936     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
3937     other event classes
3938     """
3939     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3940     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3941     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3942     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
3943     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3944     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3945         """
3946         SetEventType(self, EventType typ)
3947
3948         Sets the specific type of the event.
3949         """
3950         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3951
3952     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3953         """
3954         GetEventType(self) -> EventType
3955
3956         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
3957         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
3958         """
3959         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3960
3961     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3962         """
3963         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
3964
3965         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
3966         any.
3967         """
3968         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3969
3970     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3971         """
3972         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
3973
3974         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
3975         object that is sending the event.
3976         """
3977         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3978
3979     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3980         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
3981         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3982
3983     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3984         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
3985         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3986
3987     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
3988         """
3989         GetId(self) -> int
3990
3991         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
3992         command id.
3993         """
3994         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
3995
3996     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
3997         """
3998         SetId(self, int Id)
3999
4000         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
4001         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
4002         item, etc.
4003         """
4004         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
4005
4006     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
4007         """
4008         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
4009
4010         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
4011         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
4012         """
4013         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
4014
4015     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
4016         """
4017         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
4018
4019         Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event
4020         handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event
4021         handler returns.  Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent
4022         additional event handlers from being called and control will be
4023         returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current
4024         handler has finished.  Skip(True) will cause the event processing
4025         system to continue searching for a handler function for this event.
4026
4027         """
4028         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
4029
4030     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
4031         """
4032         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
4033
4034         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
4035         :see: `Skip`
4036         """
4037         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
4038
4039     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
4040         """
4041         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
4042
4043         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
4044         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
4045         """
4046         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
4047
4048     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
4049         """
4050         StopPropagation(self) -> int
4051
4052         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
4053         propagation level value which may be later passed to
4054         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
4055         """
4056         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
4057
4058     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
4059         """
4060         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
4061
4062         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
4063         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
4064         `StopPropagation`.)
4065
4066         """
4067         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
4068
4069     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4070         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4071         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4072
4073     EventObject = property(GetEventObject,SetEventObject,doc="See `GetEventObject` and `SetEventObject`")
4074     EventType = property(GetEventType,SetEventType,doc="See `GetEventType` and `SetEventType`")
4075     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
4076     Skipped = property(GetSkipped,doc="See `GetSkipped`")
4077     Timestamp = property(GetTimestamp,SetTimestamp,doc="See `GetTimestamp` and `SetTimestamp`")
4078 _core_.Event_swigregister(Event)
4079
4080 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4081
4082 class PropagationDisabler(object):
4083     """
4084     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
4085     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
4086     propogation of the event will be restored.
4087     """
4088     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4089     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4090     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4091         """
4092         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
4093
4094         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
4095         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
4096         propogation of the event will be restored.
4097         """
4098         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
4099     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
4100     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4101 _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
4102
4103 class PropagateOnce(object):
4104     """
4105     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4106     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4107     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4108     """
4109     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4110     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4111     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4112         """
4113         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
4114
4115         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4116         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4117         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4118         """
4119         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
4120     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
4121     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4122 _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
4123
4124 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4125
4126 class CommandEvent(Event):
4127     """
4128     This event class contains information about command events, which
4129     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4130     toolbars.
4131     """
4132     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4133     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4134     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4135         """
4136         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
4137
4138         This event class contains information about command events, which
4139         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4140         toolbars.
4141         """
4142         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4143     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4144         """
4145         GetSelection(self) -> int
4146
4147         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4148         for a deselection).
4149         """
4150         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4151
4152     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
4153         """SetString(self, String s)"""
4154         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
4155
4156     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
4157         """
4158         GetString(self) -> String
4159
4160         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4161         for a deselection).
4162         """
4163         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
4164
4165     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
4166         """
4167         IsChecked(self) -> bool
4168
4169         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
4170         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
4171         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
4172         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
4173         makes sense for checkable menu items).
4174         """
4175         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
4176
4177     Checked = IsChecked
4178     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4179         """
4180         IsSelection(self) -> bool
4181
4182         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
4183         false if it is a deselection.
4184         """
4185         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4186
4187     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4188         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
4189         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4190
4191     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4192         """
4193         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
4194
4195         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
4196         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
4197         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
4198         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
4199         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
4200         listbox must be examined by the application.
4201         """
4202         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4203
4204     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4205         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
4206         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4207
4208     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4209         """
4210         GetInt(self) -> int
4211
4212         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
4213         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
4214         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
4215         """
4216         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4217
4218     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4219         """
4220         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4221
4222         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4223         """
4224         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4225
4226     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4227         """
4228         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4229
4230         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4231         """
4232         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4233
4234     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4235     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4236
4237     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4238         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4239         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4240
4241     ClientData = property(GetClientData,SetClientData,doc="See `GetClientData` and `SetClientData`")
4242     ClientObject = property(GetClientObject,SetClientObject,doc="See `GetClientObject` and `SetClientObject`")
4243     ExtraLong = property(GetExtraLong,SetExtraLong,doc="See `GetExtraLong` and `SetExtraLong`")
4244     Int = property(GetInt,SetInt,doc="See `GetInt` and `SetInt`")
4245     Selection = property(GetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection`")
4246     String = property(GetString,SetString,doc="See `GetString` and `SetString`")
4247 _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4248
4249 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4250
4251 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4252     """
4253     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4254     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4255     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4256     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4257     """
4258     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4259     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4260     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4261         """
4262         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4263
4264         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4265         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4266         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4267         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4268         """
4269         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4270     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4271         """
4272         Veto(self)
4273
4274         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4275
4276         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4277         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4278         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4279         """
4280         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4281
4282     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4283         """
4284         Allow(self)
4285
4286         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4287         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4288         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4289         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4290         """
4291         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4292
4293     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4294         """
4295         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4296
4297         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4298         false otherwise (if it was).
4299         """
4300         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4301
4302 _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4303
4304 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4305
4306 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4307     """
4308     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4309     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4310     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4311     instead.
4312     """
4313     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4314     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4315     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4316         """
4317         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4318             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4319         """
4320         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4321     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4322         """
4323         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4324
4325         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4326         the scrollbar.
4327         """
4328         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4329
4330     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4331         """
4332         GetPosition(self) -> int
4333
4334         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4335         """
4336         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4337
4338     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4339         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4340         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4341
4342     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4343         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4344         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4345
4346     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
4347     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
4348 _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4349
4350 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4351
4352 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4353     """
4354     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4355     scrolling windows.
4356     """
4357     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4358     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4359     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4360         """
4361         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4362
4363         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4364         scrolling windows.
4365         """
4366         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4367     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4368         """
4369         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4370
4371         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4372         the scrollbar.
4373         """
4374         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4375
4376     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4377         """
4378         GetPosition(self) -> int
4379
4380         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4381         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4382         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4383         """
4384         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4385
4386     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4387         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4388         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4389
4390     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4391         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4392         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4393
4394     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
4395     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
4396 _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4397
4398 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4399
4400 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4401 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4402 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4403 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4404 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4405 class MouseEvent(Event):
4406     """
4407     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4408     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4409     mouse move events.
4410
4411     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4412     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4413     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4414     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4415     events from it.
4416
4417     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4418     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4419     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4420     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4421     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4422     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4423     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4424     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4425     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4426     """
4427     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4428     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4429     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4430         """
4431         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4432
4433         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4434
4435             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4436             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4437             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4438             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4439             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4440             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4441             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4442             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4443             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4444             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4445             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4446             * wxEVT_MOTION
4447             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4448         """
4449         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4450     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4451         """
4452         IsButton(self) -> bool
4453
4454         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4455         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4456         """
4457         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4458
4459     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4460         """
4461         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4462
4463         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4464         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4465         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4466         values).
4467         """
4468         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4469
4470     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4471         """
4472         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4473
4474         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4475         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4476         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4477         values).
4478         """
4479         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4480
4481     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4482         """
4483         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4484
4485         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4486         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4487         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4488         """
4489         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4490
4491     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4492         """
4493         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4494
4495         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4496         values of button are:
4497
4498              ====================      =====================================
4499              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4500              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4501              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4502              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4503              ====================      =====================================
4504
4505         """
4506         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4507
4508     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4509         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4510         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4511
4512     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4513         """
4514         GetButton(self) -> int
4515
4516         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4517         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4518         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4519         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4520         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4521         right buttons respectively.
4522         """
4523         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4524
4525     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4526         """
4527         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4528
4529         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4530         """
4531         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4532
4533     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4534         """
4535         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4536
4537         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4538         """
4539         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4540
4541     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4542         """
4543         AltDown(self) -> bool
4544
4545         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4546         """
4547         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4548
4549     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4550         """
4551         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4552
4553         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4554         """
4555         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4556
4557     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4558         """
4559         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4560
4561         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4562         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4563         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4564         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4565         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4566         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4567         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4568         """
4569         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4570
4571     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4572         """
4573         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4574
4575         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4576         """
4577         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4578
4579     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4580         """
4581         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4582
4583         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4584         """
4585         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4586
4587     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4588         """
4589         RightDown(self) -> bool
4590
4591         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4592         """
4593         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4594
4595     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4596         """
4597         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4598
4599         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4600         """
4601         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4602
4603     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4604         """
4605         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4606
4607         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4608         """
4609         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4610
4611     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4612         """
4613         RightUp(self) -> bool
4614
4615         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4616         """
4617         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4618
4619     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4620         """
4621         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4622
4623         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4624         """
4625         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4626
4627     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4628         """
4629         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4630
4631         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4632         """
4633         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4634
4635     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4636         """
4637         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4638
4639         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4640         """
4641         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4642
4643     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4644         """
4645         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4646
4647         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4648         of the current event type.
4649
4650         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4651         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4652         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4653
4654         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4655         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4656         dragging the mouse.
4657         """
4658         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4659
4660     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4661         """
4662         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4663
4664         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4665         of the current event type.
4666         """
4667         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4668
4669     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4670         """
4671         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4672
4673         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4674         of the current event type.
4675         """
4676         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4677
4678     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
4679         """
4680         Dragging(self) -> bool
4681
4682         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4683         depressed).
4684         """
4685         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
4686
4687     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
4688         """
4689         Moving(self) -> bool
4690
4691         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4692         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4693         false and Dragging returns true.
4694         """
4695         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
4696
4697     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
4698         """
4699         Entering(self) -> bool
4700
4701         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4702         """
4703         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
4704
4705     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
4706         """
4707         Leaving(self) -> bool
4708
4709         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4710         """
4711         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
4712
4713     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4714         """
4715         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4716
4717         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4718         event happened.
4719         """
4720         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4721
4722     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4723         """
4724         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4725
4726         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4727         event happened.
4728         """
4729         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4730
4731     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4732         """
4733         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
4734
4735         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
4736         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
4737         that the window has been scrolled).
4738         """
4739         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4740
4741     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4742         """
4743         GetX(self) -> int
4744
4745         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4746         """
4747         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4748
4749     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4750         """
4751         GetY(self) -> int
4752
4753         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4754         """
4755         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4756
4757     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
4758         """
4759         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
4760
4761         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
4762         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
4763         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
4764         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
4765         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
4766         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
4767         have been accumulated before scrolling.
4768         """
4769         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
4770
4771     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
4772         """
4773         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
4774
4775         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
4776         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
4777         should occur for each delta.
4778         """
4779         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
4780
4781     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
4782         """
4783         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
4784
4785         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
4786         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
4787         """
4788         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
4789
4790     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
4791         """
4792         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
4793
4794         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
4795         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
4796         """
4797         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
4798
4799     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
4800     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
4801     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
4802     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
4803     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
4804     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4805     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4806     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
4807     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4808     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
4809     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
4810     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
4811     Button = property(GetButton,doc="See `GetButton`")
4812     LinesPerAction = property(GetLinesPerAction,doc="See `GetLinesPerAction`")
4813     LogicalPosition = property(GetLogicalPosition,doc="See `GetLogicalPosition`")
4814     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
4815     WheelDelta = property(GetWheelDelta,doc="See `GetWheelDelta`")
4816     WheelRotation = property(GetWheelRotation,doc="See `GetWheelRotation`")
4817     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
4818     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
4819 _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
4820
4821 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4822
4823 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
4824     """
4825     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
4826     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
4827     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
4828     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
4829     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
4830     """
4831     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4832     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4833     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4834         """
4835         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
4836
4837         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
4838         """
4839         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4840     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4841         """
4842         GetX(self) -> int
4843
4844         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4845         """
4846         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4847
4848     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4849         """
4850         GetY(self) -> int
4851
4852         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4853         """
4854         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4855
4856     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4857         """
4858         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
4859
4860         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
4861         """
4862         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4863
4864     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4865         """
4866         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
4867
4868         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
4869         """
4870         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4871
4872     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4873         """
4874         HasCursor(self) -> bool
4875
4876         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
4877         """
4878         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4879
4880     Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
4881     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
4882     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
4883 _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
4884
4885 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4886
4887 class KeyEvent(Event):
4888     """
4889     This event class contains information about keypress and character
4890     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
4891     the keyboard focus.
4892
4893     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
4894     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
4895     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
4896     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
4897     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
4898     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
4899     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
4900     corresponding to each down one.
4901
4902     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
4903     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
4904     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
4905     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
4906     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
4907     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
4908     example.
4909
4910     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
4911     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
4912     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
4913     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
4914     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
4915     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
4916     well.
4917
4918     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
4919     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
4920     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
4921     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
4922     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
4923     by the system itself.
4924
4925     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
4926     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
4927     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
4928     the ASCII value of this key combination.
4929
4930     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
4931     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
4932     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
4933     focus.
4934
4935     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
4936     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
4937     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
4938     types of events to be a bit simpler.
4939
4940     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
4941     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
4942     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
4943     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
4944
4945     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
4946     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
4947     work under Windows.
4948
4949     """
4950     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4951     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4952     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4953         """
4954         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
4955
4956         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
4957             *
4958         """
4959         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4960     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4961         """
4962         GetModifiers(self) -> int
4963
4964         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
4965         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
4966         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
4967         example::
4968
4969             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
4970                 DoSomething()
4971
4972         """
4973         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4974
4975     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4976         """
4977         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4978
4979         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
4980         """
4981         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4982
4983     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4984         """
4985         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4986
4987         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4988         """
4989         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4990
4991     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4992         """
4993         AltDown(self) -> bool
4994
4995         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4996         """
4997         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4998
4999     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
5000         """
5001         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
5002
5003         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
5004         """
5005         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
5006
5007     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
5008         """
5009         CmdDown(self) -> bool
5010
5011         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
5012         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
5013         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
5014         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
5015         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
5016         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
5017         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
5018         """
5019         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
5020
5021     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
5022         """
5023         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
5024
5025         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
5026         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
5027         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
5028         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
5029         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
5030         normally).
5031         """
5032         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
5033
5034     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
5035         """
5036         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
5037
5038         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
5039         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
5040         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
5041         codes.
5042
5043         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
5044         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
5045         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
5046         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
5047         """
5048         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
5049
5050     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
5051         """
5052         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
5053
5054         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
5055         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
5056         """
5057         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
5058
5059     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
5060     def SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
5061         """
5062         SetUnicodeKey(self, int uniChar)
5063
5064         Set the Unicode value of the key event, but only if this is a Unicode
5065         build of wxPython.
5066         """
5067         return _core_.KeyEvent_SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
5068
5069     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
5070         """
5071         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
5072
5073         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
5074         scan code which should only be used in advanced
5075         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
5076         ports.
5077         """
5078         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
5079
5080     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
5081         """
5082         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
5083
5084         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
5085         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
5086         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
5087         """
5088         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
5089
5090     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5091         """
5092         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5093
5094         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5095         """
5096         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5097
5098     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
5099         """
5100         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
5101
5102         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5103         """
5104         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
5105
5106     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
5107         """
5108         GetX(self) -> int
5109
5110         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5111         applicable.
5112         """
5113         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
5114
5115     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
5116         """
5117         GetY(self) -> int
5118
5119         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5120         applicable.
5121         """
5122         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
5123
5124     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
5125     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
5126     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
5127     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
5128     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
5129     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
5130     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
5131     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
5132     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
5133     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
5134     KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
5135     Modifiers = property(GetModifiers,doc="See `GetModifiers`")
5136     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5137     RawKeyCode = property(GetRawKeyCode,doc="See `GetRawKeyCode`")
5138     RawKeyFlags = property(GetRawKeyFlags,doc="See `GetRawKeyFlags`")
5139     UnicodeKey = property(GetUnicodeKey,SetUnicodeKey,doc="See `GetUnicodeKey` and `SetUnicodeKey`")
5140     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
5141     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
5142 _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
5143
5144 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5145
5146 class SizeEvent(Event):
5147     """
5148     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
5149     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
5150     been resized.
5151
5152     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
5153     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
5154     application.
5155
5156     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
5157     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
5158     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
5159     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
5160     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
5161     invalidate the entire window.
5162
5163     """
5164     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5165     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5166     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5167         """
5168         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
5169
5170         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
5171         """
5172         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5173     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5174         """
5175         GetSize(self) -> Size
5176
5177         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
5178         event.
5179         """
5180         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5181
5182     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5183         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5184         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5185
5186     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5187         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5188         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5189
5190     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5191         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
5192         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5193
5194     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
5195     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
5196     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
5197     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
5198 _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
5199
5200 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5201
5202 class MoveEvent(Event):
5203     """
5204     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
5205     moved to a new position.
5206     """
5207     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5208     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5209     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5210         """
5211         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
5212
5213         Constructor.
5214         """
5215         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5216     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5217         """
5218         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5219
5220         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
5221         """
5222         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5223
5224     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5225         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5226         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5227
5228     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5229         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5230         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5231
5232     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5233         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
5234         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5235
5236     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
5237     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
5238
5239     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
5240     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
5241 _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
5242
5243 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5244
5245 class PaintEvent(Event):
5246     """
5247     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
5248     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
5249     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
5250     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5251     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5252
5253     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5254     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5255     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5256     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5257     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5258     scrolled units.
5259
5260     """
5261     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5262     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5263     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5264         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5265         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5266 _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5267
5268 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5269     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5270     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5271     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5272     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5273         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5274         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5275 _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5276
5277 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5278
5279 class EraseEvent(Event):
5280     """
5281     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5282     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5283     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5284     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5285
5286     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5287     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5288     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5289
5290     """
5291     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5292     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5293     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5294         """
5295         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5296
5297         Constructor
5298         """
5299         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5300     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5301         """
5302         GetDC(self) -> DC
5303
5304         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5305         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5306         that instead.
5307         """
5308         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5309
5310     DC = property(GetDC,doc="See `GetDC`")
5311 _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5312
5313 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5314
5315 class FocusEvent(Event):
5316     """
5317     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5318     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5319     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5320
5321     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5322     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5323     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5324
5325     """
5326     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5327     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5328     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5329         """
5330         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5331
5332         Constructor
5333         """
5334         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5335     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5336         """
5337         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5338
5339         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5340         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5341         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5342
5343         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5344         """
5345         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5346
5347     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5348         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5349         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5350
5351     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
5352 _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5353
5354 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5355
5356 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5357     """
5358     A child focus event is sent to a (parent-)window when one of its child
5359     windows gains focus, so that the window could restore the focus back
5360     to its corresponding child if it loses it now and regains later.
5361
5362     Notice that child window is the direct child of the window receiving
5363     the event, and so may not be the actual widget recieving focus if it
5364     is further down the containment heirarchy.  Use `wx.Window.FindFocus`
5365     to get the widget that is actually receiving focus.
5366     """
5367     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5368     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5369     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5370         """
5371         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5372
5373         Constructor
5374         """
5375         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5376     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5377         """
5378         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5379
5380         The window, or (grand)parent of the window which has just received the
5381         focus.
5382         """
5383         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5384
5385     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
5386 _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5387
5388 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5389
5390 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5391     """
5392     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5393     application is being activated or deactivated.
5394
5395     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5396     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5397     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5398     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5399     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5400     application frames being inactive.
5401
5402     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5403     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5404     doing so can result in strange effects.
5405
5406     """
5407     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5408     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5409     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5410         """
5411         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5412
5413         Constructor
5414         """
5415         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5416     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5417         """
5418         GetActive(self) -> bool
5419
5420         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5421         otherwise.
5422         """
5423         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5424
5425     Active = property(GetActive,doc="See `GetActive`")
5426 _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5427
5428 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5429
5430 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5431     """
5432     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5433     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5434     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5435     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5436     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5437     """
5438     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5439     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5440     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5441         """
5442         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5443
5444         Constructor
5445         """
5446         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5447 _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5448
5449 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5450
5451 class MenuEvent(Event):
5452     """
5453     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5454     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5455     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5456
5457     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5458     text in the first field of the status bar.
5459     """
5460     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5461     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5462     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5463         """
5464         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5465
5466         Constructor
5467         """
5468         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5469     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5470         """
5471         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5472
5473         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5474         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5475         """
5476         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5477
5478     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5479         """
5480         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5481
5482         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5483         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5484         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5485         """
5486         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5487
5488     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5489         """
5490         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5491
5492         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5493         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5494         """
5495         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5496
5497     Menu = property(GetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu`")
5498     MenuId = property(GetMenuId,doc="See `GetMenuId`")
5499 _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5500
5501 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5502
5503 class CloseEvent(Event):
5504     """
5505     This event class contains information about window and session close
5506     events.
5507
5508     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5509     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5510     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5511     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5512     function.
5513
5514     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5515     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5516     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5517     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5518     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5519     files or to cancel the close.
5520
5521     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5522     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5523     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5524     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5525     """
5526     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5527     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5528     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5529         """
5530         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5531
5532         Constructor.
5533         """
5534         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5535     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5536         """
5537         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5538
5539         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5540         """
5541         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5542
5543     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5544         """
5545         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5546
5547         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5548         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5549         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5550         window event.
5551         """
5552         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5553
5554     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5555         """
5556         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5557
5558         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5559         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5560
5561         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5562         """
5563         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5564
5565     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5566         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5567         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5568
5569     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5570         """
5571         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5572
5573         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5574         """
5575         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5576
5577     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5578         """
5579         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5580
5581         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5582         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5583         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5584         must be called to check this.
5585         """
5586         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5587
5588     LoggingOff = property(GetLoggingOff,SetLoggingOff,doc="See `GetLoggingOff` and `SetLoggingOff`")
5589 _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5590
5591 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5592
5593 class ShowEvent(Event):
5594     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5595     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5596     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5597     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5598         """
5599         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5600
5601         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5602         """
5603         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5604     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5605         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5606         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5607
5608     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5609         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5610         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5611
5612     Show = property(GetShow,SetShow,doc="See `GetShow` and `SetShow`")
5613 _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5614
5615 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5616
5617 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5618     """
5619     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5620     restored.
5621     """
5622     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5623     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5624     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5625         """
5626         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5627
5628         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5629         restored.
5630         """
5631         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5632     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5633         """
5634         Iconized(self) -> bool
5635
5636         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5637         been restored.
5638         """
5639         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5640
5641 _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5642
5643 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5644
5645 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5646     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5647     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5648     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5649     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5650         """
5651         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5652
5653         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5654         """
5655         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5656 _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
5657
5658 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5659
5660 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
5661     """
5662     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5663     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5664     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5665     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5666
5667     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5668     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5669     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5670     dropping files.
5671
5672     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5673     events.
5674
5675     """
5676     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5677     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
5678     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5679     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5680         """
5681         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5682
5683         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5684         """
5685         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5686
5687     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5688         """
5689         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5690
5691         Returns the number of files dropped.
5692         """
5693         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5694
5695     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5696         """
5697         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5698
5699         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5700         """
5701         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5702
5703     Files = property(GetFiles,doc="See `GetFiles`")
5704     NumberOfFiles = property(GetNumberOfFiles,doc="See `GetNumberOfFiles`")
5705     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5706 _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
5707
5708 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5709
5710 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5711 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5712 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
5713     """
5714     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5715     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5716     interface elements.
5717
5718     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
5719     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
5720     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
5721     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
5722     menu item or button.
5723
5724     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
5725     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
5726     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
5727     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
5728     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
5729     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
5730     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
5731
5732     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
5733     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
5734     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
5735     update.
5736
5737     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
5738     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
5739     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
5740
5741     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
5742     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
5743
5744        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
5745           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
5746           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
5747           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
5748           events.
5749
5750        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
5751           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
5752           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
5753           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
5754           delay before windows are updated.
5755
5756     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
5757     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
5758     from an internal idle handler.
5759
5760     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
5761     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
5762     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
5763
5764     """
5765     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5766     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5767     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5768         """
5769         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
5770
5771         Constructor
5772         """
5773         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5774     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5775         """
5776         GetChecked(self) -> bool
5777
5778         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
5779         """
5780         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5781
5782     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5783         """
5784         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
5785
5786         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
5787         """
5788         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5789
5790     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5791         """
5792         GetShown(self) -> bool
5793
5794         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
5795         """
5796         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5797
5798     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
5799         """
5800         GetText(self) -> String
5801
5802         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
5803         """
5804         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
5805
5806     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
5807         """
5808         GetSetText(self) -> bool
5809
5810         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
5811         wxWidgets internal use only.
5812         """
5813         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
5814
5815     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5816         """
5817         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
5818
5819         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
5820         internal use only.
5821         """
5822         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5823
5824     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5825         """
5826         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
5827
5828         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
5829         internal use only.
5830         """
5831         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5832
5833     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5834         """
5835         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
5836
5837         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
5838         internal use only.
5839         """
5840         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5841
5842     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
5843         """
5844         Check(self, bool check)
5845
5846         Check or uncheck the UI element.
5847         """
5848         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
5849
5850     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
5851         """
5852         Enable(self, bool enable)
5853
5854         Enable or disable the UI element.
5855         """
5856         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
5857
5858     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
5859         """
5860         Show(self, bool show)
5861
5862         Show or hide the UI element.
5863         """
5864         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
5865
5866     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
5867         """
5868         SetText(self, String text)
5869
5870         Sets the text for this UI element.
5871         """
5872         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
5873
5874     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5875         """
5876         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5877
5878         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5879         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5880         default is 0.
5881
5882         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5883         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5884         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5885         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5886         about to be shown.
5887         """
5888         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5889
5890     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
5891     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5892         """
5893         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5894
5895         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5896         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5897         """
5898         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5899
5900     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
5901     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5902         """
5903         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5904
5905         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5906         to) this window.
5907
5908         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5909         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5910         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5911         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5912         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5913         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5914         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5915         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5916         interval.
5917
5918         """
5919         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5920
5921     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
5922     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
5923         """
5924         ResetUpdateTime()
5925
5926         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5927         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5928         is called at the end of idle processing.
5929         """
5930         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
5931
5932     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
5933     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5934         """
5935         SetMode(int mode)
5936
5937         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5938         to those which specify that they will process the events.
5939
5940         The mode may be one of the following values:
5941
5942             =============================   ==========================================
5943             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5944                                             is the default setting.
5945             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5946                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5947                                             style set.
5948             =============================   ==========================================
5949
5950         """
5951         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5952
5953     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
5954     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5955         """
5956         GetMode() -> int
5957
5958         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5959         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5960         events.
5961         """
5962         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5963
5964     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
5965     Checked = property(GetChecked,Check,doc="See `GetChecked`")
5966     Enabled = property(GetEnabled,Enable,doc="See `GetEnabled`")
5967     Shown = property(GetShown,Show,doc="See `GetShown`")
5968     Text = property(GetText,SetText,doc="See `GetText` and `SetText`")
5969 _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
5970
5971 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5972   """
5973     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5974
5975     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5976     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5977     default is 0.
5978
5979     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5980     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5981     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5982     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5983     about to be shown.
5984     """
5985   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5986
5987 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
5988   """
5989     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5990
5991     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5992     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5993     """
5994   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
5995
5996 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5997   """
5998     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5999
6000     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
6001     to) this window.
6002
6003     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
6004     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
6005     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
6006     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
6007     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
6008     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
6009     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
6010     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
6011     interval.
6012
6013     """
6014   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
6015
6016 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
6017   """
6018     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
6019
6020     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
6021     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
6022     is called at the end of idle processing.
6023     """
6024   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
6025
6026 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6027   """
6028     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6029
6030     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
6031     to those which specify that they will process the events.
6032
6033     The mode may be one of the following values:
6034
6035         =============================   ==========================================
6036         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
6037                                         is the default setting.
6038         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
6039                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
6040                                         style set.
6041         =============================   ==========================================
6042
6043     """
6044   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6045
6046 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
6047   """
6048     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
6049
6050     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
6051     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6052     events.
6053     """
6054   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
6055
6056 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6057
6058 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
6059     """
6060     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
6061     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
6062     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
6063
6064     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
6065     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
6066     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
6067     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
6068     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
6069
6070     """
6071     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6072     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6073     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6074         """
6075         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
6076
6077         Constructor
6078         """
6079         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6080 _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
6081
6082 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6083
6084 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
6085     """
6086     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
6087     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
6088     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
6089     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
6090     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
6091
6092     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6093     """
6094     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6095     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6096     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6097         """
6098         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
6099
6100         Constructor
6101         """
6102         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6103     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6104         """
6105         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
6106
6107         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
6108         non-wxWidgets window.
6109         """
6110         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6111
6112     CapturedWindow = property(GetCapturedWindow,doc="See `GetCapturedWindow`")
6113 _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
6114
6115 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6116
6117 class MouseCaptureLostEvent(Event):
6118     """
6119     A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
6120     capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
6121     example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
6122     the mouse.
6123
6124     If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
6125     capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
6126     didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
6127     if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
6128     ReleaseMouse.
6129
6130     This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
6131
6132     """
6133     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6134     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6135     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6136         """
6137         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> MouseCaptureLostEvent
6138
6139         A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
6140         capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
6141         example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
6142         the mouse.
6143
6144         If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
6145         capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
6146         didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
6147         if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
6148         ReleaseMouse.
6149
6150         This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
6151
6152         """
6153         _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureLostEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6154 _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureLostEvent)
6155
6156 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6157
6158 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
6159     """
6160     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
6161     resolution has changed.
6162
6163     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6164     """
6165     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6166     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6167     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6168         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
6169         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6170 _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
6171
6172 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6173
6174 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
6175     """
6176     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6177     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6178     match.
6179
6180     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6181     """
6182     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6183     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6184     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6185         """
6186         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
6187
6188         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6189         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6190         match.
6191
6192         This event is implemented under Windows only.
6193         """
6194         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6195     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6196         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
6197         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6198
6199     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6200         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
6201         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6202
6203     ChangedWindow = property(GetChangedWindow,SetChangedWindow,doc="See `GetChangedWindow` and `SetChangedWindow`")
6204 _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
6205
6206 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6207
6208 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
6209     """
6210     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
6211     focus and should re-do its palette.
6212
6213     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6214     """
6215     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6216     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6217     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6218         """
6219         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
6220
6221         Constructor.
6222         """
6223         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6224     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6225         """
6226         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
6227
6228         App should set this if it changes the palette.
6229         """
6230         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6231
6232     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6233         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
6234         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6235
6236     PaletteRealized = property(GetPaletteRealized,SetPaletteRealized,doc="See `GetPaletteRealized` and `SetPaletteRealized`")
6237 _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
6238
6239 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6240
6241 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
6242     """
6243     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
6244     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
6245     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
6246     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
6247     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
6248     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
6249     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
6250     """
6251     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6252     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6253     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6254         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
6255         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6256     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6257         """
6258         GetDirection(self) -> bool
6259
6260         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
6261         """
6262         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6263
6264     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6265         """
6266         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
6267
6268         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
6269         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
6270         """
6271         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6272
6273     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6274         """
6275         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
6276
6277         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
6278         """
6279         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6280
6281     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6282         """
6283         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
6284
6285         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
6286         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
6287         by using Control-Tab.
6288         """
6289         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6290
6291     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6292         """
6293         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
6294
6295         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
6296         key.
6297         """
6298         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6299
6300     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6301         """
6302         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
6303
6304         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
6305         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
6306         """
6307         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6308
6309     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
6310         """
6311         SetFlags(self, long flags)
6312
6313         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
6314
6315             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6316             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6317             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6318             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6319
6320         """
6321         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6322
6323     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6324         """
6325         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6326
6327         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6328         ``None``.
6329         """
6330         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6331
6332     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6333         """
6334         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6335
6336         Set the window that has the focus.
6337         """
6338         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6339
6340     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6341     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6342     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6343     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6344     CurrentFocus = property(GetCurrentFocus,SetCurrentFocus,doc="See `GetCurrentFocus` and `SetCurrentFocus`")
6345     Direction = property(GetDirection,SetDirection,doc="See `GetDirection` and `SetDirection`")
6346 _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6347
6348 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6349
6350 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6351     """
6352     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6353     underlying GUI object) exists.
6354     """
6355     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6356     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6357     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6358         """
6359         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6360
6361         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6362         underlying GUI object) exists.
6363         """
6364         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6365     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6366         """
6367         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6368
6369         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6370         """
6371         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6372
6373     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
6374 _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6375
6376 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6377     """
6378     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6379     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6380
6381     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6382     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6383     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6384     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6385     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6386     notification of the destruction of another window.
6387     """
6388     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6389     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6390     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6391         """
6392         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6393
6394         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6395         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6396
6397         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6398         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6399         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6400         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6401         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6402         notification of the destruction of another window.
6403         """
6404         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6405     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6406         """
6407         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6408
6409         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6410         """
6411         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6412
6413     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
6414 _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6415
6416 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6417
6418 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6419     """
6420     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6421     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6422     """
6423     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6424     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6425     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6426         """
6427         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6428
6429         Constructor.
6430         """
6431         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6432     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6433         """
6434         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6435
6436         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6437         be shown.
6438         """
6439         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6440
6441     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6442         """
6443         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6444
6445         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6446         """
6447         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6448
6449     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
6450 _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6451
6452 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6453
6454 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6455 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6456 class IdleEvent(Event):
6457     """
6458     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6459     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6460     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6461     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6462     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6463     events and then becomes empty again.
6464
6465     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6466     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6467     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6468     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6469     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6470     to those windows and not to any others.
6471     """
6472     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6473     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6474     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6475         """
6476         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6477
6478         Constructor
6479         """
6480         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6481     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6482         """
6483         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6484
6485         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6486         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6487         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6488         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6489         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6490         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6491         system.
6492         """
6493         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6494
6495     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6496         """
6497         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6498
6499         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6500         requested more processing time.
6501         """
6502         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6503
6504     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6505         """
6506         SetMode(int mode)
6507
6508         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6509         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6510         events.
6511
6512         The mode can be one of the following values:
6513
6514             =========================   ========================================
6515             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6516             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6517                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6518                                         flag set.
6519             =========================   ========================================
6520
6521         """
6522         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6523
6524     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6525     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6526         """
6527         GetMode() -> int
6528
6529         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6530         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6531         will process the events.
6532         """
6533         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6534
6535     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6536     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6537         """
6538         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6539
6540         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6541         window.
6542
6543         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6544         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6545         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6546         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6547         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6548         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6549         """
6550         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6551
6552     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6553 _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6554
6555 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6556   """
6557     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6558
6559     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6560     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6561     events.
6562
6563     The mode can be one of the following values:
6564
6565         =========================   ========================================
6566         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6567         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6568                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6569                                     flag set.
6570         =========================   ========================================
6571
6572     """
6573   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6574
6575 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6576   """
6577     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6578
6579     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6580     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6581     will process the events.
6582     """
6583   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6584
6585 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6586   """
6587     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6588
6589     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6590     window.
6591
6592     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6593     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6594     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6595     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6596     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6597     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6598     """
6599   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6600
6601 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6602
6603 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent):
6604     """
6605     A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6606     copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6607     from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6608     popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6609     generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6610     """
6611     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6612     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6613     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6614         """
6615         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent
6616
6617         A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6618         copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6619         from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6620         popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6621         generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6622         """
6623         _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6624 _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent)
6625
6626 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6627
6628 class PyEvent(Event):
6629     """
6630     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6631     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6632     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6633     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6634     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6635
6636     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6637
6638     """
6639     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6640     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6641     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6642         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6643         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6644         self._SetSelf(self)
6645
6646     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6647     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6648     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6649         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6650         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6651
6652     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6653         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6654         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6655
6656 _core_.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
6657
6658 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
6659     """
6660     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6661     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6662     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
6663     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6664     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6665     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6666
6667     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
6668
6669     """
6670     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6671     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6672     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6673         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6674         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6675         self._SetSelf(self)
6676
6677     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
6678     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6679     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6680         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6681         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6682
6683     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6684         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6685         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6686
6687 _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
6688
6689 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
6690     """
6691     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6692     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6693     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
6694     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
6695     """
6696     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6697     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6698     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6699         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6700         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6701     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6702         """
6703         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6704
6705         Returns the date.
6706         """
6707         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6708
6709     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6710         """
6711         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6712
6713         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6714         internally.
6715         """
6716         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6717
6718     Date = property(GetDate,SetDate,doc="See `GetDate` and `SetDate`")
6719 _core_.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
6720
6721 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
6722 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
6723
6724 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6725
6726 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
6727 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
6728 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
6729 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
6730 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
6731 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
6732 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
6733     """
6734     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
6735     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
6736     """
6737     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6738     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6739     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6740         """
6741         __init__(self) -> PyApp
6742
6743         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
6744         """
6745         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
6746         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyApp, False)
6747         self._setOORInfo(self, False)
6748
6749     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
6750     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6751     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
6752         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)"""
6753         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
6754
6755     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6756         """
6757         GetAppName(self) -> String
6758
6759         Get the application name.
6760         """
6761         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6762
6763     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6764         """
6765         SetAppName(self, String name)
6766
6767         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
6768         `wx.Config` and such.
6769         """
6770         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6771
6772     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6773         """
6774         GetClassName(self) -> String
6775
6776         Get the application's class name.
6777         """
6778         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6779
6780     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6781         """
6782         SetClassName(self, String name)
6783
6784         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
6785         X-resources if applicable for the platform
6786         """
6787         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6788
6789     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6790         """
6791         GetVendorName(self) -> String
6792
6793         Get the application's vendor name.
6794         """
6795         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6796
6797     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6798         """
6799         SetVendorName(self, String name)
6800
6801         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
6802         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
6803         """
6804         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6805
6806     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
6807         """
6808         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
6809
6810         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
6811         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
6812         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
6813         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
6814         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
6815         differences behind the common facade.
6816
6817         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
6818         """
6819         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
6820
6821     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6822         """
6823         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
6824
6825         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
6826         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
6827         during each event loop iteration.
6828         """
6829         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6830
6831     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
6832         """
6833         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6834
6835         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
6836         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
6837         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
6838
6839         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
6840               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
6841               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
6842               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
6843
6844         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
6845
6846         """
6847         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
6848
6849     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6850         """
6851         WakeUpIdle(self)
6852
6853         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
6854         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
6855         """
6856         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6857
6858     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
6859         """
6860         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6861
6862         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6863         currently be dispatched.
6864         """
6865         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
6866
6867     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
6868     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6869         """
6870         MainLoop(self) -> int
6871
6872         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
6873         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
6874         """
6875         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6876
6877     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
6878         """
6879         Exit(self)
6880
6881         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
6882         :see: `wx.Exit`
6883         """
6884         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
6885
6886     def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6887         """
6888         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int
6889
6890         Return the layout direction for the current locale.
6891         """
6892         return _core_.PyApp_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6893
6894     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6895         """
6896         ExitMainLoop(self)
6897
6898         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
6899         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
6900         """
6901         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6902
6903     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
6904         """
6905         Pending(self) -> bool
6906
6907         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
6908         """
6909         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
6910
6911     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
6912         """
6913         Dispatch(self) -> bool
6914
6915         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
6916         appears if there are none currently)
6917         """
6918         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
6919
6920     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6921         """
6922         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
6923
6924         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
6925         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
6926         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
6927         """
6928         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6929
6930     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6931         """
6932         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
6933
6934         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
6935         idle time is requested.
6936         """
6937         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6938
6939     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
6940         """
6941         IsActive(self) -> bool
6942
6943         Return True if our app has focus.
6944         """
6945         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
6946
6947     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6948         """
6949         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
6950
6951         Set the *main* top level window
6952         """
6953         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6954
6955     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6956         """
6957         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
6958
6959         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
6960         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
6961         there not any, will return None)
6962         """
6963         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6964
6965     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6966         """
6967         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
6968
6969         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
6970         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
6971         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
6972         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
6973         explicitly from somewhere.
6974         """
6975         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6976
6977     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6978         """
6979         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
6980
6981         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
6982         """
6983         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6984
6985     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6986         """
6987         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag)
6988
6989         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
6990         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
6991         """
6992         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6993
6994     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6995         """
6996         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
6997
6998         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
6999         """
7000         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
7001
7002     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
7003         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
7004         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
7005
7006     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
7007         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
7008         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
7009
7010     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
7011         """
7012         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
7013
7014         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
7015         """
7016         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
7017
7018     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
7019         """
7020         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
7021
7022         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
7023         """
7024         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
7025
7026     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7027         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7028         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7029
7030     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
7031     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7032         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7033         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7034
7035     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
7036     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7037         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7038         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7039
7040     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
7041     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7042         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7043         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7044
7045     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
7046     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7047         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7048         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7049
7050     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
7051     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7052         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7053         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7054
7055     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
7056     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7057         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7058         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7059
7060     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
7061     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7062         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7063         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7064
7065     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
7066     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7067         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7068         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7069
7070     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
7071     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7072         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7073         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7074
7075     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
7076     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
7077         """
7078         _BootstrapApp(self)
7079
7080         For internal use only
7081         """
7082         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
7083
7084     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
7085         """
7086         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7087
7088         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7089         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7090         """
7091         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
7092
7093     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
7094     def IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs):
7095         """
7096         IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool
7097
7098         Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
7099         This will mean different things on the different platforms.
7100
7101            * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
7102              not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
7103              if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
7104
7105            * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
7106              able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
7107              remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
7108              of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
7109
7110            * On MS Windows...
7111
7112         """
7113         return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs)
7114
7115     IsDisplayAvailable = staticmethod(IsDisplayAvailable)
7116     AppName = property(GetAppName,SetAppName,doc="See `GetAppName` and `SetAppName`")
7117     AssertMode = property(GetAssertMode,SetAssertMode,doc="See `GetAssertMode` and `SetAssertMode`")
7118     ClassName = property(GetClassName,SetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName` and `SetClassName`")
7119     ExitOnFrameDelete = property(GetExitOnFrameDelete,SetExitOnFrameDelete,doc="See `GetExitOnFrameDelete` and `SetExitOnFrameDelete`")
7120     LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection`")
7121     PrintMode = property(GetPrintMode,SetPrintMode,doc="See `GetPrintMode` and `SetPrintMode`")
7122     TopWindow = property(GetTopWindow,SetTopWindow,doc="See `GetTopWindow` and `SetTopWindow`")
7123     Traits = property(GetTraits,doc="See `GetTraits`")
7124     UseBestVisual = property(GetUseBestVisual,SetUseBestVisual,doc="See `GetUseBestVisual` and `SetUseBestVisual`")
7125     VendorName = property(GetVendorName,SetVendorName,doc="See `GetVendorName` and `SetVendorName`")
7126     Active = property(IsActive)
7127 _core_.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
7128
7129 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
7130   """
7131     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
7132
7133     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
7134     currently be dispatched.
7135     """
7136   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
7137
7138 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
7139   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7140   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
7141
7142 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
7143   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7144   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
7145
7146 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
7147   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7148   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
7149
7150 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
7151   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7152   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
7153
7154 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
7155   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7156   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
7157
7158 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7159   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7160   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7161
7162 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7163   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7164   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7165
7166 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7167   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7168   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7169
7170 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7171   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7172   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7173
7174 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7175   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7176   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7177
7178 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
7179   """
7180     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7181
7182     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7183     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7184     """
7185   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
7186
7187 def PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args):
7188   """
7189     PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool
7190
7191     Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
7192     This will mean different things on the different platforms.
7193
7194        * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
7195          not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
7196          if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
7197
7198        * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
7199          able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
7200          remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
7201          of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
7202
7203        * On MS Windows...
7204
7205     """
7206   return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args)
7207
7208 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7209
7210
7211 def Exit(*args):
7212   """
7213     Exit()
7214
7215     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
7216     """
7217   return _core_.Exit(*args)
7218
7219 def Yield(*args):
7220   """
7221     Yield() -> bool
7222
7223     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
7224     """
7225   return _core_.Yield(*args)
7226
7227 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
7228   """
7229     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
7230
7231     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
7232     """
7233   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
7234
7235 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
7236   """
7237     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
7238
7239     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
7240     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
7241     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
7242     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
7243     interaction.
7244
7245     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
7246     """
7247   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
7248
7249 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
7250   """
7251     WakeUpIdle()
7252
7253     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
7254     sent.
7255     """
7256   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
7257
7258 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
7259   """
7260     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
7261
7262     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
7263     later.
7264     """
7265   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
7266
7267 def App_CleanUp(*args):
7268   """
7269     App_CleanUp()
7270
7271     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
7272     Python shuts down.
7273     """
7274   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
7275
7276 def GetApp(*args):
7277   """
7278     GetApp() -> PyApp
7279
7280     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
7281     """
7282   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
7283
7284 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
7285   """
7286     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
7287
7288     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
7289     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7290
7291     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
7292     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
7293     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
7294     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
7295     between the common latin/roman encodings.
7296     """
7297   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
7298
7299 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
7300   """
7301     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
7302
7303     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
7304     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7305     """
7306   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
7307 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7308
7309 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
7310     """
7311     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
7312     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
7313     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
7314     and write the text there.
7315     """
7316     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
7317         self.frame  = None
7318         self.title  = title
7319         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
7320         self.size   = (450, 300)
7321         self.parent = None
7322
7323     def SetParent(self, parent):
7324         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
7325         self.parent = parent
7326
7327
7328     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
7329         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
7330                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
7331         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
7332                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
7333         self.text.AppendText(st)
7334         self.frame.Show(True)
7335         self.frame.Bind(wx.EVT_CLOSE, self.OnCloseWindow)
7336
7337
7338     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
7339         if self.frame is not None:
7340             self.frame.Destroy()
7341         self.frame = None
7342         self.text  = None
7343
7344
7345     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
7346     def write(self, text):
7347         """
7348         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
7349         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
7350         CallAfter to do the work there.
7351         """
7352         if self.frame is None:
7353             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7354                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
7355             else:
7356                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
7357         else:
7358             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7359                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
7360             else:
7361                 self.text.AppendText(text)
7362
7363
7364     def close(self):
7365         if self.frame is not None:
7366             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
7367
7368
7369     def flush(self):
7370         pass
7371
7372
7373
7374 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7375
7376 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
7377
7378 class App(wx.PyApp):
7379     """
7380     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
7381
7382       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7383         gui toolkit
7384       * set and get application-wide properties
7385       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7386         and to dispatch events to window instances
7387       * etc.
7388
7389     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7390     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7391     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7392     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7393
7394     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7395     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7396     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7397
7398     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7399            directly.
7400     """
7401
7402     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7403
7404     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7405                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7406         """
7407         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7408
7409         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7410             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7411             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7412             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7413             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7414             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7415             class of your choosing.)
7416
7417         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7418             redirect is True.
7419
7420         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7421             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7422             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7423             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7424             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7425             toolkit is initialized.
7426
7427         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7428             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7429             GUI apps will.
7430
7431         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7432             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7433             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7434         """
7435
7436         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7437
7438         # make sure we can create a GUI
7439         if not self.IsDisplayAvailable():
7440
7441             if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7442                 msg = """This program needs access to the screen.
7443 Please run with 'pythonw', not 'python', and only when you are logged
7444 in on the main display of your Mac."""
7445
7446             elif wx.Platform == "__WXGTK__":
7447                 msg ="Unable to access the X Display, is $DISPLAY set properly?"
7448
7449             else:
7450                 msg = "Unable to create GUI"
7451                 # TODO: more description is needed for wxMSW...
7452
7453             raise SystemExit(msg)
7454
7455         # This has to be done before OnInit
7456         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7457
7458         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7459         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7460         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7461         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7462         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7463         # expected (depending on platform.)
7464         if clearSigInt:
7465             try:
7466                 import signal
7467                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7468             except:
7469                 pass
7470
7471         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7472         self.stdioWin = None
7473         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7474         if redirect:
7475             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7476
7477         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7478         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7479
7480         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7481         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7482         self._BootstrapApp()
7483
7484
7485     def OnPreInit(self):
7486         """
7487         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its
7488         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time
7489         that OnInit is called.
7490         """
7491         wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects()
7492
7493
7494     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7495         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7496         destroy(self)
7497
7498     def Destroy(self):
7499         self.this.own(False)
7500         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7501
7502     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7503         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7504         if self.stdioWin:
7505             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7506         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7507
7508
7509     def MainLoop(self):
7510         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7511         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7512         self.RestoreStdio()
7513
7514
7515     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7516         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7517         if filename:
7518             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7519         else:
7520             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7521             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7522
7523
7524     def RestoreStdio(self):
7525         try:
7526             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7527         except:
7528             pass
7529
7530
7531     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7532         """
7533         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7534         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7535         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7536         """
7537         if self.stdioWin:
7538             if title is not None:
7539                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7540             if pos is not None:
7541                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7542             if size is not None:
7543                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7544
7545
7546
7547
7548 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7549 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7550 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7551 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7552 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7553 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7554 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7555 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7556 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7557 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7558 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7559 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7560
7561 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7562
7563 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7564     """
7565     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7566     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7567     about OnInit.  For example::
7568
7569         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7570         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7571         frame.Show()
7572         app.MainLoop()
7573
7574     :see: `wx.App`
7575     """
7576
7577     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7578                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7579         """
7580         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7581         """
7582         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7583
7584     def OnInit(self):
7585         return True
7586
7587
7588
7589 # Is anybody using this one?
7590 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7591     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7592         self.size = size
7593         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7594
7595     def OnInit(self):
7596         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7597         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7598         return True
7599
7600     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7601         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7602         self.frame.Show(True)
7603
7604 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7605 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7606 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7607 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7608 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7609
7610 class __wxPyCleanup:
7611     def __init__(self):
7612         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7613     def __del__(self):
7614         self.cleanup()
7615
7616 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7617
7618 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7619 ## import atexit
7620 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7621
7622
7623 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7624
7625 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7626
7627 class EventLoop(object):
7628     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7629     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7630     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7631     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7632         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7633         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
7634     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
7635     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7636     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
7637         """Run(self) -> int"""
7638         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
7639
7640     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7641         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7642         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7643
7644     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7645         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7646         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7647
7648     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7649         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7650         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7651
7652     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7653         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7654         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7655
7656     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7657         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7658         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7659
7660     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
7661     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7662         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7663         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7664
7665     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
7666 _core_.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
7667
7668 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
7669   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7670   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
7671
7672 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7673   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7674   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7675
7676 class EventLoopActivator(object):
7677     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
7678     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7679     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7680     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7681         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
7682         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
7683     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
7684     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7685 _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
7686
7687 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7688
7689 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
7690 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
7691 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
7692 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
7693 ACCEL_CMD = _core_.ACCEL_CMD
7694 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7695     """
7696     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
7697     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
7698     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
7699     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
7700
7701     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
7702     """
7703     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7704     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7705     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7706         """
7707         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
7708
7709         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7710         """
7711         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
7712     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
7713     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7714     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
7715         """
7716         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
7717
7718         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7719         :see `__init__`
7720         """
7721         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
7722
7723     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7724         """
7725         Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry
7726
7727         Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if
7728         it coulnd't be parsed.
7729         """
7730         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7731
7732     Create = staticmethod(Create)
7733     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
7734         """
7735         GetFlags(self) -> int
7736
7737         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
7738         """
7739         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
7740
7741     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
7742         """
7743         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
7744
7745         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
7746         """
7747         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
7748
7749     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
7750         """
7751         GetCommand(self) -> int
7752
7753         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
7754         """
7755         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
7756
7757     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
7758         """IsOk(self) -> bool"""
7759         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
7760
7761     def ToString(*args, **kwargs):
7762         """
7763         ToString(self) -> String
7764
7765         Returns a string representation for the this accelerator.  The string
7766         is formatted using the <flags>-<keycode> format where <flags> maybe a
7767         hyphen-separed list of "shift|alt|ctrl"
7768
7769         """
7770         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_ToString(*args, **kwargs)
7771
7772     def FromString(*args, **kwargs):
7773         """
7774         FromString(self, String str) -> bool
7775
7776         Returns true if the given string correctly initialized this object.
7777         """
7778         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_FromString(*args, **kwargs)
7779
7780     Command = property(GetCommand,doc="See `GetCommand`")
7781     Flags = property(GetFlags,doc="See `GetFlags`")
7782     KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
7783 _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
7784
7785 def AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs):
7786   """
7787     AcceleratorEntry_Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry
7788
7789     Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if
7790     it coulnd't be parsed.
7791     """
7792   return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7793
7794 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
7795     """
7796     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
7797     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
7798     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
7799     supported.
7800     """
7801     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7802     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7803     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7804         """
7805         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
7806
7807         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7808         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
7809
7810         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7811         """
7812         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
7813     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
7814     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7815     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
7816         """IsOk(self) -> bool"""
7817         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
7818
7819     Ok = IsOk
7820 _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
7821
7822
7823 def GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs):
7824   """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
7825   return _core_.GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs)
7826 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7827
7828 class VisualAttributes(object):
7829     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
7830     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7831     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7832     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7833         """
7834         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
7835
7836         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
7837         """
7838         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
7839     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
7840     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7841     font = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_font_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_font_set)
7842     colFg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_set)
7843     colBg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_set)
7844 _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
7845 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
7846 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
7847
7848 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
7849 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
7850 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
7851 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
7852 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
7853 class Window(EvtHandler):
7854     """
7855     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
7856     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
7857     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
7858     appear on screen themselves.
7859
7860     """
7861     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7862     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7863     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7864         """
7865         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7866             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
7867
7868         Construct and show a generic Window.
7869         """
7870         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
7871         self._setOORInfo(self)
7872
7873     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7874         """
7875         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7876             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
7877
7878         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
7879         """
7880         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7881
7882     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
7883         """
7884         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
7885
7886         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
7887         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
7888         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
7889         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
7890         """
7891         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
7892
7893     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
7894         """
7895         Destroy(self) -> bool
7896
7897         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
7898         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
7899         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
7900         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
7901         non-existent windows.
7902
7903         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
7904         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
7905         """
7906         args[0].this.own(False)
7907         return _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
7908
7909     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
7910         """
7911         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
7912
7913         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
7914         destructor.
7915         """
7916         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
7917
7918     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
7919         """
7920         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
7921
7922         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
7923         """
7924         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
7925
7926     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7927         """
7928         SetLabel(self, String label)
7929
7930         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
7931         """
7932         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7933
7934     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7935         """
7936         GetLabel(self) -> String
7937
7938         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
7939         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
7940         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
7941         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
7942         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
7943         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
7944         """
7945         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7946
7947     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
7948         """
7949         SetName(self, String name)
7950
7951         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
7952         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
7953         """
7954         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
7955
7956     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
7957         """
7958         GetName(self) -> String
7959
7960         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
7961         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
7962         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
7963         """
7964         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
7965
7966     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7967         """
7968         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
7969
7970         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
7971         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
7972         """
7973         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7974
7975     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7976         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
7977         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7978
7979     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
7980         """
7981         SetId(self, int winid)
7982
7983         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7984         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
7985         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
7986         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
7987         """
7988         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
7989
7990     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
7991         """
7992         GetId(self) -> int
7993
7994         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7995         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
7996         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
7997         generated.
7998         """
7999         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
8000
8001     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8002         """
8003         NewControlId() -> int
8004
8005         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
8006         """
8007         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8008
8009     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
8010     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8011         """
8012         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
8013
8014         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
8015         autogenerated) id
8016         """
8017         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8018
8019     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
8020     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8021         """
8022         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
8023
8024         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
8025         autogenerated) id
8026         """
8027         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8028
8029     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
8030     def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8031         """
8032         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int
8033
8034         Get the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.  Returns
8035         ``wx.Layout_Default`` if layout direction is not supported.
8036         """
8037         return _core_.Window_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8038
8039     def SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8040         """
8041         SetLayoutDirection(self, int dir)
8042
8043         Set the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.
8044         """
8045         return _core_.Window_SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8046
8047     def AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8048         """
8049         AdjustForLayoutDirection(self, int x, int width, int widthTotal) -> int
8050
8051         Mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the
8052         mirroring is not done automatically like Win32.
8053         """
8054         return _core_.Window_AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8055
8056     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
8057         """
8058         SetSize(self, Size size)
8059
8060         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8061         """
8062         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
8063
8064     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
8065         """
8066         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
8067
8068         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
8069         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
8070         equal to -1.
8071
8072             ========================  ======================================
8073             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
8074                                       default should be used.
8075             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
8076                                       -1 values are supplied.
8077             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
8078                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
8079                                       default values.
8080             ========================  ======================================
8081
8082         """
8083         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
8084
8085     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
8086         """
8087         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
8088
8089         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
8090         """
8091         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
8092
8093     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8094         """
8095         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8096
8097         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8098         """
8099         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8100
8101     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
8102         """
8103         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8104
8105         Moves the window to the given position.
8106         """
8107         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
8108
8109     SetPosition = Move
8110     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
8111         """
8112         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8113
8114         Moves the window to the given position.
8115         """
8116         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
8117
8118     def SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
8119         """
8120         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
8121
8122         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
8123         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
8124         """
8125         return _core_.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
8126
8127     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
8128         """
8129         Raise(self)
8130
8131         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
8132         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
8133         """
8134         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
8135
8136     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
8137         """
8138         Lower(self)
8139
8140         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
8141         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
8142         """
8143         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
8144
8145     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
8146         """
8147         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
8148
8149         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8150         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8151         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8152         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8153         around panel items, for example.
8154         """
8155         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
8156
8157     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8158         """
8159         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8160
8161         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8162         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8163         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8164         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8165         around panel items, for example.
8166         """
8167         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8168
8169     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8170         """
8171         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
8172
8173         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8174         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8175         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8176         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8177         around panel items, for example.
8178         """
8179         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8180
8181     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
8182         """
8183         GetPosition(self) -> Point
8184
8185         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
8186         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
8187         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
8188         kinds of windows.
8189         """
8190         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
8191
8192     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8193         """
8194         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8195
8196         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
8197         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
8198         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
8199         kinds of windows.
8200         """
8201         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8202
8203     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
8204         """
8205         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
8206
8207         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
8208         """
8209         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
8210
8211     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8212         """
8213         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8214
8215         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
8216         """
8217         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8218
8219     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
8220         """
8221         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
8222
8223         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
8224         a `wx.Rect` object.
8225         """
8226         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
8227
8228     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
8229         """
8230         GetSize(self) -> Size
8231
8232         Get the window size.
8233         """
8234         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
8235
8236     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8237         """
8238         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8239
8240         Get the window size.
8241         """
8242         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8243
8244     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
8245         """
8246         GetRect(self) -> Rect
8247
8248         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
8249         """
8250         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
8251
8252     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
8253         """
8254         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
8255
8256         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8257         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8258         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8259         """
8260         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
8261
8262     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8263         """
8264         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8265
8266         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8267         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8268         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8269         """
8270         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8271
8272     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
8273         """
8274         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
8275
8276         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
8277         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
8278         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
8279         """
8280         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
8281
8282     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8283         """
8284         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
8285
8286         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
8287         """
8288         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8289
8290     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8291         """
8292         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
8293
8294         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8295         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8296         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8297         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8298         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8299         after calling Fit.
8300         """
8301         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8302
8303     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8304         """
8305         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8306
8307         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8308         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8309         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8310         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8311         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8312         after calling Fit.
8313         """
8314         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8315
8316     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8317         """
8318         InvalidateBestSize(self)
8319
8320         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
8321         time it is needed.
8322         """
8323         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8324
8325     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8326         """
8327         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
8328
8329         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
8330         some properties of the window change.)
8331         """
8332         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8333
8334     def GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
8335         """
8336         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size
8337
8338         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
8339         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
8340         the results.
8341
8342         """
8343         return _core_.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
8344
8345     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8346         """
8347         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size
8348
8349         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one
8350         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the
8351         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any
8352         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window
8353         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly
8354         tolerate.
8355         """
8356         return _core_.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8357
8358     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
8359         """
8360         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
8361
8362         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
8363         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
8364         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
8365         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
8366         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
8367         relative to the screen.
8368         """
8369         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
8370
8371     Centre = Center
8372     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
8373         """
8374         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
8375
8376         Center with respect to the the parent window
8377         """
8378         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
8379
8380     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
8381     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
8382         """
8383         Fit(self)
8384
8385         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
8386         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
8387         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
8388         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
8389         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
8390         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
8391         instead of calling Fit.
8392         """
8393         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
8394
8395     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
8396         """
8397         FitInside(self)
8398
8399         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
8400         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
8401         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
8402         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
8403         anything if there are no subwindows.
8404         """
8405         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
8406
8407     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8408         """
8409         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
8410             int incH=-1)
8411
8412         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8413         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8414         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8415         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8416         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8417         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8418
8419         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8420         """
8421         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8422
8423     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8424         """
8425         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
8426
8427         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8428         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8429         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8430         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8431         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8432         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8433
8434         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8435         """
8436         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8437
8438     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8439         """
8440         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
8441
8442         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8443         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8444         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8445         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8446         """
8447         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8448
8449     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8450         """
8451         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
8452
8453         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8454         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8455         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8456         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8457         """
8458         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8459
8460     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8461         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
8462         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8463
8464     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8465         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8466         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8467
8468     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8469         """
8470         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8471
8472         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8473         min size.
8474         """
8475         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8476
8477     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8478         """
8479         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8480
8481         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8482         max size.
8483         """
8484         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8485
8486     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8487         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8488         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8489
8490     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8491         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8492         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8493
8494     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8495         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8496         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8497
8498     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8499         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8500         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8501
8502     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8503         """
8504         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8505
8506         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8507         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8508         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8509         """
8510         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8511
8512     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8513         """
8514         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8515
8516         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8517         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8518         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8519         """
8520         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8521
8522     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8523         """
8524         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8525
8526         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8527         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8528         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8529         """
8530         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8531
8532     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8533         """
8534         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8535
8536         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8537         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8538         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8539         """
8540         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8541
8542     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8543         """
8544         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8545
8546         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8547         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8548         """
8549         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8550
8551     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8552         """
8553         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8554
8555         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8556         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8557         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8558         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8559         because it already was in the requested state.
8560         """
8561         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8562
8563     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8564         """
8565         Hide(self) -> bool
8566
8567         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8568         """
8569         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8570
8571     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8572         """
8573         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8574
8575         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8576         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8577         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8578         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8579         window had already been in the specified state.
8580         """
8581         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8582
8583     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8584         """
8585         Disable(self) -> bool
8586
8587         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8588         """
8589         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8590
8591     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8592         """
8593         IsShown(self) -> bool
8594
8595         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8596         """
8597         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8598
8599     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8600         """
8601         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8602
8603         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8604         """
8605         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8606
8607     def IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs):
8608         """
8609         IsShownOnScreen(self) -> bool
8610
8611         Returns ``True`` if the window is physically visible on the screen,
8612         i.e. it is shown and all its parents up to the toplevel window are
8613         shown as well.
8614         """
8615         return _core_.Window_IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs)
8616
8617     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8618         """
8619         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8620
8621         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8622         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8623         called after changing the others for the change to take place
8624         immediately.
8625         """
8626         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8627
8628     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8629         """
8630         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8631
8632         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8633         method.
8634         """
8635         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8636
8637     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
8638     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8639         """
8640         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8641
8642         Test if the given style is set for this window.
8643         """
8644         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8645
8646     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
8647         """
8648         IsRetained(self) -> bool
8649
8650         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
8651         windows are only available on X platforms.
8652         """
8653         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
8654
8655     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8656         """
8657         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8658
8659         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
8660         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8661         SetWindowStyleFlag()
8662         """
8663         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8664
8665     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8666         """
8667         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8668
8669         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8670         """
8671         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8672
8673     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
8674         """
8675         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
8676
8677         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
8678         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
8679         effect.
8680         """
8681         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
8682
8683     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8684         """
8685         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
8686
8687         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
8688          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
8689          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
8690          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
8691          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
8692          user's selected theme.
8693
8694         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
8695         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
8696         """
8697         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8698
8699     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8700         """
8701         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
8702
8703         Return the themeEnabled flag.
8704         """
8705         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8706
8707     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8708         """
8709         SetFocus(self)
8710
8711         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
8712         """
8713         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8714
8715     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
8716         """
8717         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
8718
8719         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
8720         only called internally.
8721         """
8722         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
8723
8724     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8725         """
8726         FindFocus() -> Window
8727
8728         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
8729         or None.
8730         """
8731         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8732
8733     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
8734     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8735         """
8736         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
8737
8738         Can this window have focus?
8739         """
8740         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8741
8742     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
8743         """
8744         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
8745
8746         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
8747         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
8748         it.
8749         """
8750         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
8751
8752     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
8753         """
8754         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
8755
8756         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a
8757         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.
8758         """
8759         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
8760
8761     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8762         """
8763         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8764
8765         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
8766         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
8767         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
8768
8769         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
8770         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
8771         windows.
8772
8773         """
8774         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8775
8776     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8777         """
8778         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8779
8780         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
8781         before win instead of putting it right after it.
8782         """
8783         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8784
8785     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8786         """
8787         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
8788
8789         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
8790         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
8791         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
8792         do not change.
8793         """
8794         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8795
8796     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
8797         """
8798         GetParent(self) -> Window
8799
8800         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
8801         """
8802         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
8803
8804     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
8805         """
8806         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
8807
8808         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
8809         isn't one.
8810         """
8811         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
8812
8813     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
8814         """
8815         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
8816
8817         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
8818         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
8819         if they have a parent window).
8820         """
8821         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
8822
8823     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
8824         """
8825         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
8826
8827         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
8828         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
8829         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
8830         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
8831         oldParent)
8832         """
8833         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
8834
8835     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
8836         """
8837         AddChild(self, Window child)
8838
8839         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
8840         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
8841         """
8842         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
8843
8844     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
8845         """
8846         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
8847
8848         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
8849         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
8850         programmer.
8851         """
8852         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
8853
8854     def SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
8855         """
8856         SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on)
8857
8858         Currently wxGTK2 only.
8859         """
8860         return _core_.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
8861
8862     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
8863         """
8864         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
8865
8866         Find a chld of this window by window ID
8867         """
8868         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
8869
8870     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
8871         """
8872         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
8873
8874         Find a child of this window by name
8875         """
8876         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
8877
8878     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8879         """
8880         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
8881
8882         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
8883         its own event handler.
8884         """
8885         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8886
8887     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8888         """
8889         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8890
8891         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
8892         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window.  (In other
8893         words, is able to dispatch the events to handler function.)  By
8894         default, the window is its own event handler, but an application may
8895         wish to substitute another, for example to allow central
8896         implementation of event-handling for a variety of different window
8897         classes.
8898
8899         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
8900         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
8901         handler is handed off to the next one in the chain.
8902         """
8903         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8904
8905     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8906         """
8907         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8908
8909         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
8910         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
8911         sent to a window.  (In other words, is able to dispatch the events to
8912         handler function.)  By default, the window is its own event handler,
8913         but an application may wish to substitute another, for example to
8914         allow central implementation of event-handling for a variety of
8915         different window classes.
8916
8917         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
8918         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
8919         handed to the next one in the chain.  Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler`
8920         to remove the event handler.  Ownership of the handler is *not* given
8921         to the window, so you should be sure to pop the handler before the
8922         window is destroyed and either let PopEventHandler destroy it, or call
8923         its Destroy method yourself.
8924         """
8925         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8926
8927     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8928         """
8929         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
8930
8931         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
8932         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
8933         destroyed after it is popped, and ``None`` will be returned instead.
8934         """
8935         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8936
8937     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8938         """
8939         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
8940
8941         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
8942         delete) it from the event handler chain, returns True if it was found
8943         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
8944         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
8945         there.)
8946         """
8947         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8948
8949     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8950         """
8951         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
8952
8953         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
8954         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
8955         type.
8956         """
8957         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8958
8959     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8960         """
8961         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
8962
8963         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
8964         there is none.
8965         """
8966         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8967
8968     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
8969         """
8970         Validate(self) -> bool
8971
8972         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
8973         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8974         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
8975         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
8976         """
8977         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
8978
8979     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8980         """
8981         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
8982
8983         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
8984         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8985         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
8986         all child windows.
8987         """
8988         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8989
8990     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8991         """
8992         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
8993
8994         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
8995         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
8996         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
8997         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
8998         """
8999         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9000
9001     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9002         """
9003         InitDialog(self)
9004
9005         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
9006         to the dialog via validators.
9007         """
9008         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9009
9010     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
9011         """
9012         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
9013
9014         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
9015         """
9016         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
9017
9018     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
9019         """
9020         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
9021
9022         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
9023         """
9024         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
9025
9026     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
9027         """
9028         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
9029
9030         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
9031         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
9032         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
9033         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
9034         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
9035         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
9036         hotkey was registered successfully.
9037         """
9038         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
9039
9040     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
9041         """
9042         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
9043
9044         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
9045         """
9046         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
9047
9048     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
9049         """
9050         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
9051
9052         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9053         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9054         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9055         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9056         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9057         then divided by 8.
9058         """
9059         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
9060
9061     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
9062         """
9063         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
9064
9065         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9066         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9067         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9068         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9069         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9070         then divided by 8.
9071         """
9072         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
9073
9074     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
9075         """
9076         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
9077
9078         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9079         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9080         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9081         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9082         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9083         then divided by 8.
9084         """
9085         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
9086
9087     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
9088         """
9089         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
9090
9091         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9092         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9093         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9094         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9095         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9096         then divided by 8.
9097         """
9098         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
9099
9100     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9101         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
9102         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9103
9104     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9105         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
9106         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9107
9108     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
9109         """
9110         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
9111
9112         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
9113
9114         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
9115         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
9116         """
9117         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
9118
9119     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
9120         """
9121         CaptureMouse(self)
9122
9123         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
9124         release the capture.
9125
9126         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
9127         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
9128         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
9129         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
9130         release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window
9131         receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event.
9132
9133         Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some
9134         operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this
9135         operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not
9136         recapture mouse.
9137         """
9138         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
9139
9140     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
9141         """
9142         ReleaseMouse(self)
9143
9144         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
9145         """
9146         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
9147
9148     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
9149         """
9150         GetCapture() -> Window
9151
9152         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9153         """
9154         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
9155
9156     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
9157     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
9158         """
9159         HasCapture(self) -> bool
9160
9161         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
9162         """
9163         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
9164
9165     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
9166         """
9167         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
9168
9169         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
9170         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
9171         to the window.
9172         """
9173         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
9174
9175     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
9176         """
9177         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
9178
9179         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
9180         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
9181         """
9182         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
9183
9184     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
9185         """
9186         Update(self)
9187
9188         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
9189         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
9190         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
9191         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
9192         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use Refresh
9193         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
9194         it) unconditionally.
9195         """
9196         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
9197
9198     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9199         """
9200         ClearBackground(self)
9201
9202         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
9203         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
9204         """
9205         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9206
9207     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
9208         """
9209         Freeze(self)
9210
9211         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
9212         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
9213         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
9214         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
9215         been undone.
9216
9217         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
9218         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
9219         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
9220         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
9221         mandatory directive.
9222         """
9223         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
9224
9225     def IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs):
9226         """
9227         IsFrozen(self) -> bool
9228
9229         Returns ``True`` if the window has been frozen and not thawed yet.
9230
9231         :see: `Freeze` and `Thaw`
9232         """
9233         return _core_.Window_IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs)
9234
9235     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
9236         """
9237         Thaw(self)
9238
9239         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
9240         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
9241         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
9242         """
9243         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
9244
9245     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
9246         """
9247         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
9248
9249         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
9250         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
9251         scroll position.
9252         """
9253         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
9254
9255     def IsDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
9256         """
9257         IsDoubleBuffered(self) -> bool
9258
9259         Returns ``True`` if the window contents is double-buffered by the
9260         system, i.e. if any drawing done on the window is really done on a
9261         temporary backing surface and transferred to the screen all at once
9262         later.
9263         """
9264         return _core_.Window_IsDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
9265
9266     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
9267         """
9268         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
9269
9270         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
9271         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
9272         """
9273         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
9274
9275     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
9276         """
9277         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
9278
9279         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
9280         """
9281         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
9282
9283     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
9284         """
9285         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
9286
9287         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9288         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9289         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9290         exposed.
9291         """
9292         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
9293
9294     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9295         """
9296         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
9297
9298         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9299         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9300         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9301         exposed.
9302         """
9303         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9304
9305     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
9306         """
9307         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
9308
9309         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9310         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9311         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9312         exposed.
9313         """
9314         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
9315
9316     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9317         """
9318         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
9319
9320         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
9321         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
9322         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
9323         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
9324         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9325         """
9326         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9327
9328     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9329         """
9330         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9331
9332         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9333         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9334         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9335         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9336         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9337
9338         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9339         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9340         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9341         this.
9342         """
9343         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9344
9345     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
9346     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9347         """
9348         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9349
9350         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
9351         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
9352         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
9353         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
9354         to the default background colour.
9355
9356         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
9357         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
9358         calling this function.
9359
9360         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
9361         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
9362         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
9363         applications on the system.
9364         """
9365         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9366
9367     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9368         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9369         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9370
9371     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9372         """
9373         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9374
9375         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
9376         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
9377         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
9378         not be used at all.
9379         """
9380         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9381
9382     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9383         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9384         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9385
9386     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9387         """
9388         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
9389
9390         Returns the background colour of the window.
9391         """
9392         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9393
9394     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9395         """
9396         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
9397
9398         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
9399         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
9400         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
9401         """
9402         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9403
9404     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9405         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
9406         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9407
9408     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
9409         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
9410         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
9411
9412     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9413         """
9414         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
9415
9416         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
9417         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
9418
9419             ======================  ========================================
9420             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
9421                                     be determined by the system
9422             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
9423             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
9424                                     application.
9425             ======================  ========================================
9426
9427         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
9428         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
9429         no effect on other platforms.
9430
9431         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
9432         """
9433         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9434
9435     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9436         """
9437         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
9438
9439         Returns the background style of the window.
9440
9441         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
9442         """
9443         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9444
9445     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9446         """
9447         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
9448
9449         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
9450         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
9451         background.
9452
9453         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
9454         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
9455         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
9456         correctly.
9457         """
9458         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9459
9460     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9461         """
9462         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
9463
9464         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
9465         for the children of the window implicitly.
9466
9467         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
9468         be reset back to default.
9469         """
9470         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9471
9472     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9473         """
9474         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
9475
9476         Return the cursor associated with this window.
9477         """
9478         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9479
9480     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9481         """
9482         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
9483
9484         Sets the font for this window.
9485         """
9486         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9487
9488     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
9489         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9490         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9491
9492     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9493         """
9494         GetFont(self) -> Font
9495
9496         Returns the default font used for this window.
9497         """
9498         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9499
9500     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9501         """
9502         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9503
9504         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9505         """
9506         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9507
9508     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9509         """
9510         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9511
9512         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9513         """
9514         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9515
9516     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9517         """
9518         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9519
9520         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9521         """
9522         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9523
9524     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9525         """
9526         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9527
9528         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9529         """
9530         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9531
9532     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9533         """
9534         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9535
9536         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9537         """
9538         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9539
9540     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9541         """
9542         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9543            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9544
9545         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9546         current or specified font.
9547         """
9548         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9549
9550     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9551         """
9552         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9553
9554         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9555         """
9556         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
9557
9558     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
9559         """
9560         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9561
9562         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9563         """
9564         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
9565
9566     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9567         """
9568         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9569
9570         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9571         """
9572         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9573
9574     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
9575         """
9576         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9577
9578         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9579         """
9580         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
9581
9582     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
9583         """
9584         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9585
9586         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9587         """
9588         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
9589
9590     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
9591         """
9592         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9593
9594         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9595         """
9596         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
9597
9598     def GetBorder(*args):
9599         """
9600         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9601         GetBorder(self) -> int
9602
9603         Get border for the flags of this window
9604         """
9605         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
9606
9607     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
9608         """
9609         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9610
9611         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9612         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9613         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9614         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9615         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9616         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9617         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9618         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9619         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9620         in idle time.
9621         """
9622         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
9623
9624     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
9625         """
9626         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9627
9628         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9629         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9630         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9631         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9632         mouse cursor will be used.
9633         """
9634         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
9635
9636     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9637         """
9638         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
9639
9640         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9641         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9642         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9643         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9644         mouse cursor will be used.
9645         """
9646         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9647
9648     def HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs):
9649         """HasMultiplePages(self) -> bool"""
9650         return _core_.Window_HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs)
9651
9652     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9653         """
9654         GetHandle(self) -> long
9655
9656         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
9657         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
9658         toplevel parent of the window.
9659         """
9660         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9661
9662     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9663         """
9664         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
9665
9666         Associate the window with a new native handle
9667         """
9668         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9669
9670     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9671         """
9672         DissociateHandle(self)
9673
9674         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
9675         """
9676         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9677
9678     def OnPaint(*args, **kwargs):
9679         """OnPaint(self, PaintEvent event)"""
9680         return _core_.Window_OnPaint(*args, **kwargs)
9681
9682     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9683         """
9684         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
9685
9686         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
9687         """
9688         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9689
9690     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9691         """
9692         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
9693             bool refresh=True)
9694
9695         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
9696         """
9697         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9698
9699     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9700         """
9701         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
9702
9703         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
9704         """
9705         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9706
9707     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9708         """
9709         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
9710
9711         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
9712         """
9713         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9714
9715     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
9716         """
9717         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
9718
9719         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
9720         """
9721         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
9722
9723     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
9724         """
9725         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
9726
9727         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
9728         """
9729         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
9730
9731     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9732         """
9733         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
9734
9735         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
9736         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
9737         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
9738         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
9739         """
9740         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9741
9742     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
9743         """
9744         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
9745
9746         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9747         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
9748         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9749         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9750         """
9751         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
9752
9753     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
9754         """
9755         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
9756
9757         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9758         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
9759         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9760         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9761         """
9762         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
9763
9764     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
9765         """
9766         LineUp(self) -> bool
9767
9768         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
9769         """
9770         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
9771
9772     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
9773         """
9774         LineDown(self) -> bool
9775
9776         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
9777         """
9778         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
9779
9780     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
9781         """
9782         PageUp(self) -> bool
9783
9784         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
9785         """
9786         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
9787
9788     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
9789         """
9790         PageDown(self) -> bool
9791
9792         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
9793         """
9794         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
9795
9796     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9797         """
9798         SetHelpText(self, String text)
9799
9800         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9801         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9802         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9803         """
9804         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9805
9806     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
9807         """
9808         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
9809
9810         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
9811         one.
9812         """
9813         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
9814
9815     def GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9816         """
9817         GetHelpTextAtPoint(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String
9818
9819         Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.
9820
9821         Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown
9822         and this method should return the global window help text then
9823
9824         """
9825         return _core_.Window_GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9826
9827     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9828         """
9829         GetHelpText(self) -> String
9830
9831         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9832         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9833         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9834         """
9835         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9836
9837     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
9838         """
9839         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
9840
9841         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9842         """
9843         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
9844
9845     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9846         """
9847         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
9848
9849         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9850         """
9851         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9852
9853     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9854         """
9855         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
9856
9857         get the associated tooltip or None if none
9858         """
9859         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9860
9861     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9862         """
9863         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
9864
9865         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
9866         a drop target, it is deleted.
9867         """
9868         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9869
9870     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9871         """
9872         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
9873
9874         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
9875         """
9876         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9877
9878     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
9879         """
9880         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
9881
9882         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
9883         Only functional on Windows.
9884         """
9885         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
9886
9887     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9888         """
9889         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
9890
9891         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
9892         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
9893         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
9894         constraints.
9895
9896         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
9897         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
9898         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
9899         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
9900         effect.
9901         """
9902         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9903
9904     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9905         """
9906         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
9907
9908         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
9909         are none.
9910         """
9911         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9912
9913     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9914         """
9915         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
9916
9917         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
9918         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
9919         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
9920         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
9921
9922         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
9923         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
9924         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
9925         """
9926         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9927
9928     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9929         """
9930         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
9931
9932         Returns the current autoLayout setting
9933         """
9934         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9935
9936     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
9937         """
9938         Layout(self) -> bool
9939
9940         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
9941         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
9942         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
9943         handler when the window is resized.
9944         """
9945         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
9946
9947     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9948         """
9949         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9950
9951         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
9952         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
9953         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
9954         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
9955         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
9956         non-None, and False otherwise.
9957         """
9958         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9959
9960     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
9961         """
9962         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9963
9964         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
9965         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
9966         """
9967         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
9968
9969     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9970         """
9971         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
9972
9973         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
9974         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
9975         """
9976         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9977
9978     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9979         """
9980         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
9981
9982         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
9983         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
9984         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
9985         """
9986         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9987
9988     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9989         """
9990         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
9991
9992         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
9993         """
9994         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9995
9996     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9997         """
9998         InheritAttributes(self)
9999
10000         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
10001         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
10002         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
10003         colours.
10004
10005         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
10006         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
10007         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
10008         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
10009         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
10010         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
10011         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
10012         no matter what and only the font might.
10013
10014         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
10015         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
10016         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
10017         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
10018         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
10019         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
10020         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
10021         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
10022         parents attributes.
10023
10024         """
10025         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10026
10027     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
10028         """
10029         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
10030
10031         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
10032         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
10033         from the parent window.
10034
10035         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
10036         wxControl where it returns true.
10037         """
10038         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
10039
10040     def CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
10041         """
10042         CanSetTransparent(self) -> bool
10043
10044         Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for
10045         this window.  Note that this method will err on the side of caution,
10046         so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact
10047         possible to set the transparency.
10048
10049         NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite
10050         extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such
10051         as xcompmgr) running.
10052         """
10053         return _core_.Window_CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
10054
10055     def SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
10056         """
10057         SetTransparent(self, byte alpha) -> bool
10058
10059         Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value,
10060         returns True on success.  The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the
10061         range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully
10062         opaque.
10063         """
10064         return _core_.Window_SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
10065
10066     def PostCreate(self, pre):
10067         """
10068         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
10069         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
10070         """
10071         self.this = pre.this
10072         self.thisown = pre.thisown
10073         pre.thisown = 0
10074         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
10075             self._setOORInfo(self)
10076         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
10077             self._setCallbackInfo(self, self.__class__)
10078
10079     def SendSizeEvent(self):
10080         self.GetEventHandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
10081
10082     AcceleratorTable = property(GetAcceleratorTable,SetAcceleratorTable,doc="See `GetAcceleratorTable` and `SetAcceleratorTable`")
10083     AdjustedBestSize = property(GetAdjustedBestSize,doc="See `GetAdjustedBestSize`")
10084     AutoLayout = property(GetAutoLayout,SetAutoLayout,doc="See `GetAutoLayout` and `SetAutoLayout`")
10085     BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
10086     BackgroundStyle = property(GetBackgroundStyle,SetBackgroundStyle,doc="See `GetBackgroundStyle` and `SetBackgroundStyle`")
10087     BestFittingSize = property(GetBestFittingSize,SetBestFittingSize,doc="See `GetBestFittingSize` and `SetBestFittingSize`")
10088     BestSize = property(GetBestSize,doc="See `GetBestSize`")
10089     BestVirtualSize = property(GetBestVirtualSize,doc="See `GetBestVirtualSize`")
10090     Border = property(GetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder`")
10091     Caret = property(GetCaret,SetCaret,doc="See `GetCaret` and `SetCaret`")
10092     CharHeight = property(GetCharHeight,doc="See `GetCharHeight`")
10093     CharWidth = property(GetCharWidth,doc="See `GetCharWidth`")
10094     Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
10095     ClientAreaOrigin = property(GetClientAreaOrigin,doc="See `GetClientAreaOrigin`")
10096     ClientRect = property(GetClientRect,SetClientRect,doc="See `GetClientRect` and `SetClientRect`")
10097     ClientSize = property(GetClientSize,SetClientSize,doc="See `GetClientSize` and `SetClientSize`")
10098     Constraints = property(GetConstraints,SetConstraints,doc="See `GetConstraints` and `SetConstraints`")
10099     ContainingSizer = property(GetContainingSizer,SetContainingSizer,doc="See `GetContainingSizer` and `SetContainingSizer`")
10100     Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
10101     DefaultAttributes = property(GetDefaultAttributes,doc="See `GetDefaultAttributes`")
10102     DropTarget = property(GetDropTarget,SetDropTarget,doc="See `GetDropTarget` and `SetDropTarget`")
10103     EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
10104     ExtraStyle = property(GetExtraStyle,SetExtraStyle,doc="See `GetExtraStyle` and `SetExtraStyle`")
10105     Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
10106     ForegroundColour = property(GetForegroundColour,SetForegroundColour,doc="See `GetForegroundColour` and `SetForegroundColour`")
10107     GrandParent = property(GetGrandParent,doc="See `GetGrandParent`")
10108     Handle = property(GetHandle,doc="See `GetHandle`")
10109     HelpText = property(GetHelpText,SetHelpText,doc="See `GetHelpText` and `SetHelpText`")
10110     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
10111     Label = property(GetLabel,SetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel` and `SetLabel`")
10112     LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,SetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection` and `SetLayoutDirection`")
10113     MaxHeight = property(GetMaxHeight,doc="See `GetMaxHeight`")
10114     MaxSize = property(GetMaxSize,SetMaxSize,doc="See `GetMaxSize` and `SetMaxSize`")
10115     MaxWidth = property(GetMaxWidth,doc="See `GetMaxWidth`")
10116     MinHeight = property(GetMinHeight,doc="See `GetMinHeight`")
10117     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
10118     MinWidth = property(GetMinWidth,doc="See `GetMinWidth`")
10119     Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
10120     Parent = property(GetParent,doc="See `GetParent`")
10121     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
10122     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
10123     ScreenPosition = property(GetScreenPosition,doc="See `GetScreenPosition`")
10124     ScreenRect = property(GetScreenRect,doc="See `GetScreenRect`")
10125     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
10126     Sizer = property(GetSizer,SetSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")
10127     ThemeEnabled = property(GetThemeEnabled,SetThemeEnabled,doc="See `GetThemeEnabled` and `SetThemeEnabled`")
10128     ToolTip = property(GetToolTip,SetToolTip,doc="See `GetToolTip` and `SetToolTip`")
10129     UpdateClientRect = property(GetUpdateClientRect,doc="See `GetUpdateClientRect`")
10130     UpdateRegion = property(GetUpdateRegion,doc="See `GetUpdateRegion`")
10131     Validator = property(GetValidator,SetValidator,doc="See `GetValidator` and `SetValidator`")
10132     VirtualSize = property(GetVirtualSize,SetVirtualSize,doc="See `GetVirtualSize` and `SetVirtualSize`")
10133     WindowStyle = property(GetWindowStyle,SetWindowStyle,doc="See `GetWindowStyle` and `SetWindowStyle`")
10134     WindowStyleFlag = property(GetWindowStyleFlag,SetWindowStyleFlag,doc="See `GetWindowStyleFlag` and `SetWindowStyleFlag`")
10135     WindowVariant = property(GetWindowVariant,SetWindowVariant,doc="See `GetWindowVariant` and `SetWindowVariant`")
10136     Shown = property(IsShown,Show,doc="See `IsShown` and `Show`")
10137     Enabled = property(IsEnabled,Enable,doc="See `IsEnabled` and `Enable`")
10138     TopLevel = property(IsTopLevel,doc="See `IsTopLevel`")
10139 _core_.Window_swigregister(Window)
10140
10141 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10142     """
10143     PreWindow() -> Window
10144
10145     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
10146     """
10147     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10148     return val
10149
10150 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
10151   """
10152     Window_NewControlId() -> int
10153
10154     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
10155     """
10156   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
10157
10158 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
10159   """
10160     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
10161
10162     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
10163     autogenerated) id
10164     """
10165   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
10166
10167 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
10168   """
10169     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
10170
10171     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
10172     autogenerated) id
10173     """
10174   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
10175
10176 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
10177   """
10178     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
10179
10180     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
10181     or None.
10182     """
10183   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
10184
10185 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
10186   """
10187     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
10188
10189     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
10190     """
10191   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
10192
10193 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10194   """
10195     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10196
10197     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10198     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10199     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10200     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10201     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10202
10203     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10204     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10205     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10206     this.
10207     """
10208   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10209
10210 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
10211     """
10212     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
10213     dialog units to pixel units.
10214     """
10215     if y is None:
10216         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
10217     else:
10218         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
10219
10220 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
10221     """
10222     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
10223     dialog units to pixel units.
10224     """
10225     if height is None:
10226         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
10227     else:
10228         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
10229
10230
10231 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
10232   """
10233     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
10234
10235     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
10236     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
10237     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10238     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10239     """
10240   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
10241
10242 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
10243   """
10244     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
10245
10246     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
10247     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
10248     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
10249     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
10250     cases.
10251
10252     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
10253     """
10254   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
10255
10256 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10257   """
10258     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
10259
10260     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
10261     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
10262     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
10263     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10264     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10265     """
10266   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10267
10268 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
10269   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
10270   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
10271
10272 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
10273   """
10274     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
10275
10276     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
10277     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
10278     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
10279     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
10280
10281     """
10282   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
10283 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10284
10285 class Validator(EvtHandler):
10286     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
10287     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10288     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10289     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10290         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
10291         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
10292         self._setOORInfo(self)
10293
10294     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
10295         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
10296         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
10297
10298     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
10299         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
10300         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
10301
10302     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10303         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
10304         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10305
10306     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10307         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
10308         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10309
10310     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10311         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
10312         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10313
10314     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10315         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
10316         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10317
10318     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
10319         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
10320         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
10321
10322     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
10323     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10324         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10325         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10326
10327     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
10328     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
10329 _core_.Validator_swigregister(Validator)
10330
10331 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
10332   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
10333   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
10334
10335 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10336   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10337   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10338
10339 class PyValidator(Validator):
10340     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
10341     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10342     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10343     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10344         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
10345         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
10346
10347         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyValidator, 1)
10348         self._setOORInfo(self)
10349
10350     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
10351         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)"""
10352         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
10353
10354 _core_.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
10355
10356 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10357
10358 class Menu(EvtHandler):
10359     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
10360     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10361     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10362     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10363         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
10364         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
10365         self._setOORInfo(self)
10366
10367     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10368         """
10369         Append(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10370             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10371         """
10372         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10373
10374     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10375         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10376         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10377
10378     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10379         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10380         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10381
10382     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10383         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10384         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10385
10386     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10387         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10388         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10389
10390     def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10391         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10392         return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10393
10394     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
10395         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10396         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
10397
10398     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
10399         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10400         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
10401
10402     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
10403         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10404         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
10405
10406     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
10407         """Break(self)"""
10408         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
10409
10410     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10411         """
10412         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10413             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10414         """
10415         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10416
10417     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10418         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
10419         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10420
10421     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10422         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10423         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10424
10425     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10426         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10427         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10428
10429     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10430         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10431         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10432
10433     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
10434         """
10435         Prepend(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10436             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10437         """
10438         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
10439
10440     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10441         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10442         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10443
10444     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10445         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10446         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10447
10448     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10449         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10450         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10451
10452     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10453         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10454         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10455
10456     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10457         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10458         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10459
10460     def RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs):
10461         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10462         return _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs)
10463
10464     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10465         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
10466         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10467
10468     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
10469         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10470         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
10471
10472     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
10473         """
10474         Destroy(self)
10475
10476         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10477         """
10478         args[0].this.own(False)
10479         return _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
10480
10481     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
10482         """DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool"""
10483         return _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
10484
10485     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
10486         """DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10487         return _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
10488
10489     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
10490         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
10491         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
10492
10493     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
10494         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
10495         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
10496
10497     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
10498         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
10499         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
10500
10501     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10502         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10503         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10504
10505     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10506         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
10507         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10508
10509     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10510         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10511         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10512
10513     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10514         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10515         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10516
10517     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10518         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10519         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10520
10521     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10522         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10523         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10524
10525     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10526         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10527         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10528
10529     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10530         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10531         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10532
10533     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10534         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10535         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10536
10537     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10538         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10539         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10540
10541     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10542         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
10543         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10544
10545     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10546         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
10547         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10548
10549     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10550         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
10551         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10552
10553     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10554         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
10555         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10556
10557     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10558         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
10559         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10560
10561     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10562         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
10563         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10564
10565     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
10566         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
10567         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
10568
10569     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
10570         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
10571         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
10572
10573     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
10574         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
10575         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
10576
10577     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10578         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
10579         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10580
10581     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10582         """Detach(self)"""
10583         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10584
10585     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10586         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10587         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10588
10589     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10590         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10591         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10592
10593     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10594         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10595         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10596
10597     EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
10598     HelpString = property(GetHelpString,SetHelpString,doc="See `GetHelpString` and `SetHelpString`")
10599     InvokingWindow = property(GetInvokingWindow,SetInvokingWindow,doc="See `GetInvokingWindow` and `SetInvokingWindow`")
10600     MenuBar = property(GetMenuBar,doc="See `GetMenuBar`")
10601     MenuItemCount = property(GetMenuItemCount,doc="See `GetMenuItemCount`")
10602     MenuItems = property(GetMenuItems,doc="See `GetMenuItems`")
10603     Parent = property(GetParent,SetParent,doc="See `GetParent` and `SetParent`")
10604     Style = property(GetStyle,doc="See `GetStyle`")
10605     Title = property(GetTitle,SetTitle,doc="See `GetTitle` and `SetTitle`")
10606 _core_.Menu_swigregister(Menu)
10607 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
10608
10609 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10610
10611 class MenuBar(Window):
10612     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10613     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10614     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10615     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10616         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10617         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
10618         self._setOORInfo(self)
10619
10620     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10621         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10622         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10623
10624     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10625         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10626         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10627
10628     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
10629         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
10630         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
10631
10632     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10633         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10634         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10635
10636     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
10637         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
10638         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
10639
10640     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10641         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10642         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10643
10644     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
10645         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
10646         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
10647
10648     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
10649         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
10650         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
10651
10652     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10653         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
10654         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10655
10656     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10657         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
10658         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10659
10660     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
10661         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
10662         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
10663
10664     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10665         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10666         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10667
10668     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10669         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
10670         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10671
10672     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10673         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10674         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10675
10676     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10677         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10678         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10679
10680     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10681         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10682         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10683
10684     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10685         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10686         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10687
10688     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10689         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10690         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10691
10692     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10693         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10694         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10695
10696     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10697         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10698         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10699
10700     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10701         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10702         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10703
10704     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
10705         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
10706         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
10707
10708     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10709         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10710         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10711
10712     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10713         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
10714         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10715
10716     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10717         """Detach(self)"""
10718         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10719
10720     def UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs):
10721         """UpdateMenus(self)"""
10722         return _core_.MenuBar_UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs)
10723
10724     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10725         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10726         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10727
10728     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
10729     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10730         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10731         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10732
10733     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
10734     def GetMenus(self):
10735         """Return a list of (menu, label) items for the menus in the MenuBar. """
10736         return [(self.GetMenu(i), self.GetLabelTop(i))
10737                 for i in range(self.GetMenuCount())]
10738
10739     def SetMenus(self, items):
10740         """Clear and add new menus to the MenuBar from a list of (menu, label) items. """
10741         for i in range(self.GetMenuCount()-1, -1, -1):
10742             self.Remove(i)
10743         for m, l in items:
10744             self.Append(m, l)
10745
10746     Frame = property(GetFrame,doc="See `GetFrame`")
10747     Menu = property(GetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu`")
10748     MenuCount = property(GetMenuCount,doc="See `GetMenuCount`")
10749     Menus = property(GetMenus,SetMenus,doc="See `GetMenus` and `SetMenus`")
10750 _core_.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
10751
10752 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10753   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10754   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10755
10756 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
10757   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10758   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
10759
10760 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10761
10762 class MenuItem(Object):
10763     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
10764     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10765     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10766     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10767         """
10768         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,
10769             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
10770             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
10771         """
10772         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
10773     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
10774     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10775     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10776         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10777         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10778
10779     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10780         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10781         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10782
10783     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
10784         """SetId(self, int id)"""
10785         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
10786
10787     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
10788         """GetId(self) -> int"""
10789         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
10790
10791     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10792         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
10793         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10794
10795     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
10796         """SetText(self, String str)"""
10797         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
10798
10799     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10800         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
10801         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10802
10803     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
10804         """GetText(self) -> String"""
10805         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
10806
10807     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10808         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10809         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10810
10811     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
10812     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10813         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
10814         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10815
10816     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10817         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
10818         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10819
10820     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10821         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
10822         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10823
10824     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10825         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
10826         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10827
10828     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10829         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
10830         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10831
10832     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10833         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10834         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10835
10836     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10837         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10838         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10839
10840     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10841         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
10842         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10843
10844     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10845         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
10846         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10847
10848     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10849         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
10850         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10851
10852     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10853         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
10854         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10855
10856     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
10857         """Toggle(self)"""
10858         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
10859
10860     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10861         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
10862         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10863
10864     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10865         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
10866         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10867
10868     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10869         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
10870         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10871
10872     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10873         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
10874         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10875
10876     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10877         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
10878         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10879
10880     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10881         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10882         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10883
10884     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10885         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
10886         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10887
10888     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10889         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
10890         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10891
10892     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10893         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
10894         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10895
10896     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10897         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
10898         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10899
10900     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10901         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
10902         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10903
10904     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10905         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
10906         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10907
10908     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
10909         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
10910         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
10911
10912     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10913         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
10914         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10915
10916     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10917         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10918         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10919
10920     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10921         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
10922         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10923
10924     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10925         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
10926         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10927
10928     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10929         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10930         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10931
10932     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
10933     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10934         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
10935         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10936
10937     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10938         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
10939         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10940
10941     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10942         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
10943         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10944
10945     Accel = property(GetAccel,SetAccel,doc="See `GetAccel` and `SetAccel`")
10946     BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
10947     Bitmap = property(GetBitmap,SetBitmap,doc="See `GetBitmap` and `SetBitmap`")
10948     DisabledBitmap = property(GetDisabledBitmap,SetDisabledBitmap,doc="See `GetDisabledBitmap` and `SetDisabledBitmap`")
10949     Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
10950     Help = property(GetHelp,SetHelp,doc="See `GetHelp` and `SetHelp`")
10951     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
10952     Kind = property(GetKind,SetKind,doc="See `GetKind` and `SetKind`")
10953     Label = property(GetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel`")
10954     MarginWidth = property(GetMarginWidth,SetMarginWidth,doc="See `GetMarginWidth` and `SetMarginWidth`")
10955     Menu = property(GetMenu,SetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu` and `SetMenu`")
10956     SubMenu = property(GetSubMenu,SetSubMenu,doc="See `GetSubMenu` and `SetSubMenu`")
10957     Text = property(GetText,SetText,doc="See `GetText` and `SetText`")
10958     TextColour = property(GetTextColour,SetTextColour,doc="See `GetTextColour` and `SetTextColour`")
10959 _core_.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
10960
10961 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10962   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10963   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10964
10965 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
10966   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10967   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
10968
10969 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10970
10971 class Control(Window):
10972     """
10973     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
10974
10975     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
10976     and/or displays one or more item of data.
10977     """
10978     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10979     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10980     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10981         """
10982         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10983             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10984             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
10985
10986         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
10987         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
10988         """
10989         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
10990         self._setOORInfo(self)
10991
10992     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
10993         """
10994         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10995             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10996             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
10997
10998         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
10999         """
11000         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
11001
11002     def GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs):
11003         """
11004         GetAlignment(self) -> int
11005
11006         Get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)
11007         """
11008         return _core_.Control_GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs)
11009
11010     def GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs):
11011         """
11012         GetLabelText(self) -> String
11013
11014         Get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&')
11015         """
11016         return _core_.Control_GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs)
11017
11018     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
11019         """
11020         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
11021
11022         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
11023
11024         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
11025
11026         """
11027         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
11028
11029     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
11030         """
11031         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
11032
11033         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
11034         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
11035         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
11036         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
11037         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
11038
11039         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
11040         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
11041         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
11042         this.
11043         """
11044         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
11045
11046     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
11047     Alignment = property(GetAlignment,doc="See `GetAlignment`")
11048     LabelText = property(GetLabelText,doc="See `GetLabelText`")
11049 _core_.Control_swigregister(Control)
11050 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
11051
11052 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
11053     """
11054     PreControl() -> Control
11055
11056     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
11057     """
11058     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
11059     return val
11060
11061 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
11062   """
11063     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
11064
11065     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
11066     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
11067     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
11068     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
11069     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
11070
11071     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
11072     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
11073     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
11074     this.
11075     """
11076   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
11077
11078 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11079
11080 class ItemContainer(object):
11081     """
11082     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
11083     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
11084     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
11085     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
11086     this one.
11087
11088     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
11089     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
11090     all conform to the same interface.
11091
11092     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
11093     optionally, client data associated with them.
11094
11095     """
11096     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11097     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11098     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11099     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
11100         """
11101         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11102
11103         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
11104         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
11105         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
11106         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
11107         """
11108         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
11109
11110     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
11111         """
11112         AppendItems(self, List strings)
11113
11114         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
11115         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
11116         need to add a lot of items.
11117         """
11118         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
11119
11120     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11121         """
11122         Insert(self, String item, unsigned int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11123
11124         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
11125         optionally associating some data object with the item.
11126         """
11127         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11128
11129     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11130         """
11131         Clear(self)
11132
11133         Removes all items from the control.
11134         """
11135         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11136
11137     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
11138         """
11139         Delete(self, unsigned int n)
11140
11141         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
11142         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
11143         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
11144         than the number of items in the control.
11145         """
11146         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
11147
11148     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
11149         """
11150         GetClientData(self, unsigned int n) -> PyObject
11151
11152         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
11153         """
11154         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
11155
11156     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
11157         """
11158         SetClientData(self, unsigned int n, PyObject clientData)
11159
11160         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
11161         """
11162         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
11163
11164     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
11165         """
11166         GetCount(self) -> unsigned int
11167
11168         Returns the number of items in the control.
11169         """
11170         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
11171
11172     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
11173         """
11174         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
11175
11176         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
11177         """
11178         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
11179
11180     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
11181         """
11182         GetString(self, unsigned int n) -> String
11183
11184         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
11185         """
11186         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
11187
11188     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
11189         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
11190         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
11191
11192     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
11193         """
11194         SetString(self, unsigned int n, String s)
11195
11196         Sets the label for the given item.
11197         """
11198         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
11199
11200     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
11201         """
11202         FindString(self, String s) -> int
11203
11204         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
11205         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
11206         found.
11207         """
11208         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
11209
11210     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11211         """
11212         SetSelection(self, int n)
11213
11214         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
11215         """
11216         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11217
11218     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11219         """
11220         GetSelection(self) -> int
11221
11222         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
11223         is selected.
11224         """
11225         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11226
11227     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11228         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
11229         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11230
11231     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11232         """
11233         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
11234
11235         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
11236         is selected.
11237         """
11238         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11239
11240     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
11241         """
11242         Select(self, int n)
11243
11244         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
11245         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
11246         """
11247         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
11248
11249     def GetItems(self):
11250         """Return a list of the strings in the control"""
11251         return [self.GetString(i) for i in xrange(self.GetCount())]
11252
11253     def SetItems(self, items):
11254         """Clear and set the strings in the control from a list"""
11255         self.Clear()
11256         for i in items:
11257             self.Append(i)
11258
11259     Count = property(GetCount,doc="See `GetCount`")
11260     Items = property(GetItems,SetItems,doc="See `GetItems` and `SetItems`")
11261     Selection = property(GetSelection,SetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection` and `SetSelection`")
11262     StringSelection = property(GetStringSelection,SetStringSelection,doc="See `GetStringSelection` and `SetStringSelection`")
11263     Strings = property(GetStrings,doc="See `GetStrings`")
11264 _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
11265
11266 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11267
11268 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
11269     """
11270     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
11271     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
11272     that have items.
11273     """
11274     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11275     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11276     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11277 _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
11278
11279 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11280
11281 class SizerItem(Object):
11282     """
11283     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
11284     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually
11285     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be
11286     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but
11287     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly.
11288     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to
11289     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating
11290     layout.
11291
11292     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
11293     """
11294     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11295     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11296     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11297         """
11298         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
11299
11300         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
11301         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
11302
11303         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
11304         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
11305         methods are called.
11306
11307         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
11308         """
11309         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
11310     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
11311     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11312     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11313         """
11314         DeleteWindows(self)
11315
11316         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
11317         of item.
11318         """
11319         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11320
11321     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11322         """
11323         DetachSizer(self)
11324
11325         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
11326         """
11327         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11328
11329     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11330         """
11331         GetSize(self) -> Size
11332
11333         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
11334         """
11335         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11336
11337     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11338         """
11339         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11340
11341         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
11342         needed by borders.
11343         """
11344         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11345
11346     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11347         """
11348         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
11349
11350         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
11351         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
11352         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
11353         account.
11354         """
11355         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11356
11357     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11358         """
11359         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11360
11361         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
11362         """
11363         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11364
11365     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11366         """
11367         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
11368
11369         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
11370         added, if needed.
11371         """
11372         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11373
11374     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
11375         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
11376         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
11377
11378     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
11379         """
11380         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
11381
11382         Set the ratio item attribute.
11383         """
11384         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
11385
11386     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
11387         """
11388         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
11389
11390         Set the ratio item attribute.
11391         """
11392         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
11393
11394     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
11395         """
11396         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
11397
11398         Set the ratio item attribute.
11399         """
11400         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
11401
11402     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
11403         """
11404         GetRatio(self) -> float
11405
11406         Set the ratio item attribute.
11407         """
11408         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
11409
11410     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
11411         """
11412         GetRect(self) -> Rect
11413
11414         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
11415         """
11416         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
11417
11418     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11419         """
11420         IsWindow(self) -> bool
11421
11422         Is this sizer item a window?
11423         """
11424         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11425
11426     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11427         """
11428         IsSizer(self) -> bool
11429
11430         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
11431         """
11432         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11433
11434     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11435         """
11436         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
11437
11438         Is this sizer item a spacer?
11439         """
11440         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11441
11442     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
11443         """
11444         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
11445
11446         Set the proportion value for this item.
11447         """
11448         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11449
11450     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
11451         """
11452         GetProportion(self) -> int
11453
11454         Get the proportion value for this item.
11455         """
11456         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11457
11458     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
11459     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
11460     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
11461         """
11462         SetFlag(self, int flag)
11463
11464         Set the flag value for this item.
11465         """
11466         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
11467
11468     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
11469         """
11470         GetFlag(self) -> int
11471
11472         Get the flag value for this item.
11473         """
11474         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
11475
11476     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11477         """
11478         SetBorder(self, int border)
11479
11480         Set the border value for this item.
11481         """
11482         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11483
11484     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11485         """
11486         GetBorder(self) -> int
11487
11488         Get the border value for this item.
11489         """
11490         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11491
11492     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11493         """
11494         GetWindow(self) -> Window
11495
11496         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
11497         """
11498         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11499
11500     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11501         """
11502         SetWindow(self, Window window)
11503
11504         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
11505         """
11506         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11507
11508     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11509         """
11510         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
11511
11512         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
11513         """
11514         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11515
11516     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11517         """
11518         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
11519
11520         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
11521         """
11522         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11523
11524     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11525         """
11526         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
11527
11528         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
11529         """
11530         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11531
11532     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11533         """
11534         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
11535
11536         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
11537         """
11538         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11539
11540     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11541         """
11542         Show(self, bool show)
11543
11544         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
11545         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
11546         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
11547         """
11548         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11549
11550     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11551         """
11552         IsShown(self) -> bool
11553
11554         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
11555         """
11556         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11557
11558     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11559         """
11560         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11561
11562         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
11563         """
11564         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11565
11566     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
11567         """
11568         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
11569
11570         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
11571         isn't any.
11572         """
11573         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
11574
11575     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
11576         """
11577         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
11578
11579         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
11580         """
11581         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
11582
11583     Border = property(GetBorder,SetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder` and `SetBorder`")
11584     Flag = property(GetFlag,SetFlag,doc="See `GetFlag` and `SetFlag`")
11585     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize`")
11586     MinSizeWithBorder = property(GetMinSizeWithBorder,doc="See `GetMinSizeWithBorder`")
11587     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
11588     Proportion = property(GetProportion,SetProportion,doc="See `GetProportion` and `SetProportion`")
11589     Ratio = property(GetRatio,SetRatio,doc="See `GetRatio` and `SetRatio`")
11590     Rect = property(GetRect,doc="See `GetRect`")
11591     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
11592     Sizer = property(GetSizer,SetSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")
11593     Spacer = property(GetSpacer,SetSpacer,doc="See `GetSpacer` and `SetSpacer`")
11594     UserData = property(GetUserData,SetUserData,doc="See `GetUserData` and `SetUserData`")
11595     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
11596 _core_.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
11597
11598 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11599     """
11600     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11601         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11602
11603     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
11604     """
11605     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11606     return val
11607
11608 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11609     """
11610     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11611         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11612
11613     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
11614     """
11615     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11616     return val
11617
11618 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11619     """
11620     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11621         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11622
11623     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
11624     """
11625     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11626     return val
11627
11628 class Sizer(Object):
11629     """
11630     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
11631     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
11632     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
11633     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`, `wx.FlexGridSizer` and
11634     `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11635
11636     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
11637     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
11638     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
11639     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
11640     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
11641     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
11642     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
11643     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
11644     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
11645     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
11646     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
11647     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
11648     compared to a real window on screen.
11649
11650     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
11651     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
11652     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
11653     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
11654     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
11655     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
11656     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
11657     """
11658     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11659     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11660     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11661     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
11662     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11663     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11664         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
11665         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11666
11667     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
11668         """
11669         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11670             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11671
11672         Appends a child item to the sizer.
11673         """
11674         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
11675
11676     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11677         """
11678         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11679             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11680
11681         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
11682         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11683         """
11684         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11685
11686     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
11687         """
11688         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11689             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11690
11691         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
11692         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11693         """
11694         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
11695
11696     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11697         """
11698         Remove(self, item) -> bool
11699
11700         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
11701         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
11702         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
11703         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
11704         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
11705         and removed.
11706         """
11707         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11708
11709     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11710         """
11711         Detach(self, item) -> bool
11712
11713         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
11714         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
11715         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11716         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
11717         was found and detached.
11718         """
11719         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11720
11721     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
11722         """
11723         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem
11724
11725         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
11726         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11727         the item to be found.
11728         """
11729         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
11730
11731     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11732         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
11733         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11734
11735     def _ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs):
11736         """_ReplaceWin(self, Window oldwin, Window newwin, bool recursive=False) -> bool"""
11737         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs)
11738
11739     def _ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11740         """_ReplaceSizer(self, Sizer oldsz, Sizer newsz, bool recursive=False) -> bool"""
11741         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11742
11743     def _ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs):
11744         """_ReplaceItem(self, size_t index, SizerItem newitem) -> bool"""
11745         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs)
11746
11747     def Replace(self, olditem, item, recursive=False):
11748         """
11749         Detaches the given ``olditem`` from the sizer and replaces it with
11750         ``item`` which can be a window, sizer, or `wx.SizerItem`.  The
11751         detached child is destroyed only if it is not a window, (because
11752         windows are owned by their parent, not the sizer.)  The
11753         ``recursive`` parameter can be used to search for the given
11754         element recursivly in subsizers.
11755
11756         This method does not cause any layout or resizing to take place,
11757         call `Layout` to do so.
11758
11759         Returns ``True`` if the child item was found and removed.
11760         """
11761         if isinstance(olditem, wx.Window):
11762             return self._ReplaceWin(olditem, item, recursive)
11763         elif isinstnace(olditem, wx.Sizer):
11764             return self._ReplaceSizer(olditem, item, recursive)
11765         elif isinstnace(olditem, int):
11766             return self._ReplaceItem(olditem, item)
11767         else:
11768             raise TypeError("Expected Window, Sizer, or integer for first parameter.")
11769
11770     def SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11771         """
11772         SetContainingWindow(self, Window window)
11773
11774         Set (or unset) the window this sizer is used in.
11775         """
11776         return _core_.Sizer_SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11777
11778     def GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11779         """
11780         GetContainingWindow(self) -> Window
11781
11782         Get the window this sizer is used in.
11783         """
11784         return _core_.Sizer_GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11785
11786     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
11787         """
11788         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
11789
11790         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
11791         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11792         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
11793         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
11794         """
11795         if len(args) == 2:
11796             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
11797             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
11798         else:
11799             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
11800
11801     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
11802         """
11803         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
11804
11805         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11806         """
11807         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
11808
11809     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
11810         """
11811         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
11812
11813         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
11814         """
11815         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
11816
11817     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
11818         """
11819         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
11820
11821         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11822         """
11823         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
11824
11825     def AddMany(self, items):
11826         """
11827         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
11828         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
11829         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
11830         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
11831         """
11832         for item in items:
11833             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
11834                 item = (item, )
11835             self.Add(*item)
11836
11837     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11838         """AddSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem
11839
11840         Add a spacer that is (size,size) pixels.
11841         """
11842         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
11843             return self.Add( (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
11844         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old AddSpacer
11845             return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11846     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11847         """PrependSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem
11848
11849         Prepend a spacer that is (size, size) pixels."""
11850         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
11851             return self.Prepend( (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
11852         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old PrependSpacer
11853             return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11854     def InsertSpacer(self, index, *args, **kw):
11855         """InsertSpacer(int index, int size) --> SizerItem
11856
11857         Insert a spacer at position index that is (size, size) pixels."""
11858         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
11859             return self.Insert( index, (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
11860         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old InsertSpacer
11861             return self.Insert(index, *args, **kw)
11862
11863
11864     def AddStretchSpacer(self, prop=1):
11865         """AddStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem
11866
11867         Add a stretchable spacer."""
11868         return self.Add((0,0), prop)
11869     def PrependStretchSpacer(self, prop=1):
11870         """PrependStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem
11871
11872         Prepend a stretchable spacer."""
11873         return self.Prepend((0,0), prop)
11874     def InsertStretchSpacer(self, index, prop=1):
11875         """InsertStretchSpacer(int index, int prop=1) --> SizerItem
11876
11877         Insert a stretchable spacer."""
11878         return self.Insert(index, (0,0), prop)
11879
11880
11881     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
11882     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11883         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11884         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11885     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11886         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11887         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11888
11889     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11890         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11891         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11892     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11893         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11894         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11895
11896     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11897         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11898         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11899     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11900         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11901         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11902
11903     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11904         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11905         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11906     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11907         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11908         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11909     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
11910         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11911         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11912
11913
11914     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11915         """
11916         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
11917
11918         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
11919         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
11920         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
11921         methods.
11922         """
11923         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11924
11925     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11926         """
11927         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
11928
11929         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
11930         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
11931         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
11932         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
11933         here, depending on which is bigger.
11934         """
11935         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11936
11937     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11938         """
11939         GetSize(self) -> Size
11940
11941         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
11942         """
11943         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11944
11945     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11946         """
11947         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11948
11949         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
11950         """
11951         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11952
11953     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11954         """
11955         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11956
11957         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
11958         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
11959         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
11960         """
11961         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11962
11963     def GetSizeTuple(self):
11964         return self.GetSize().Get()
11965     def GetPositionTuple(self):
11966         return self.GetPosition().Get()
11967     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
11968         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
11969
11970     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
11971         """
11972         RecalcSizes(self)
11973
11974         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
11975         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
11976         it is called by `Layout`.
11977         """
11978         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
11979
11980     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11981         """
11982         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11983
11984         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
11985         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
11986         it is called by `Layout`.
11987         """
11988         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11989
11990     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
11991         """
11992         Layout(self)
11993
11994         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
11995         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
11996         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
11997         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
11998         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
11999         removed.
12000         """
12001         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
12002
12003     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
12004         """
12005         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
12006
12007         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
12008         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
12009         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
12010         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
12011
12012         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
12013         """
12014         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
12015
12016     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
12017         """
12018         FitInside(self, Window window)
12019
12020         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
12021         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
12022         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
12023         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
12024
12025         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
12026
12027         """
12028         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
12029
12030     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
12031         """
12032         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
12033
12034         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
12035         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
12036         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
12037         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
12038         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
12039         required by the sizer.
12040         """
12041         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
12042
12043     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
12044         """
12045         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
12046
12047         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
12048         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
12049         this will set them appropriately.
12050
12051         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
12052
12053         """
12054         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
12055
12056     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
12057         """
12058         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
12059
12060         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
12061         as well.
12062         """
12063         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
12064
12065     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
12066         """
12067         DeleteWindows(self)
12068
12069         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
12070         """
12071         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
12072
12073     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
12074         """
12075         GetChildren(self) -> list
12076
12077         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
12078         """
12079         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
12080
12081     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
12082         """
12083         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
12084
12085         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
12086         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
12087         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12088         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
12089         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
12090         """
12091         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
12092
12093     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
12094         """
12095         IsShown(self, item)
12096
12097         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
12098         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
12099         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12100         the item.
12101         """
12102         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
12103
12104     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
12105         """
12106         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
12107         """
12108         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
12109
12110     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
12111         """
12112         ShowItems(self, bool show)
12113
12114         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
12115         """
12116         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
12117
12118     Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
12119     ContainingWindow = property(GetContainingWindow,SetContainingWindow,doc="See `GetContainingWindow` and `SetContainingWindow`")
12120     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
12121     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
12122     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
12123 _core_.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
12124
12125 class PySizer(Sizer):
12126     """
12127     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
12128     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
12129     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
12130     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
12131     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
12132     For example::
12133
12134         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
12135              def __init__(self):
12136                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
12137
12138              def CalcMin(self):
12139                  for item in self.GetChildren():
12140                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
12141                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
12142                       # layout algorithm.
12143                       ...
12144                  return wx.Size(width, height)
12145
12146               def RecalcSizes(self):
12147                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
12148                   pos = self.GetPosition()
12149                   size = self.GetSize()
12150                   for item in self.GetChildren():
12151                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
12152                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
12153                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
12154                       # space alloted to this sizer.
12155                       ...
12156                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
12157
12158
12159     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
12160     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
12161     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
12162
12163     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
12164
12165
12166     """
12167     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12168     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12169     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12170         """
12171         __init__(self) -> PySizer
12172
12173         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
12174         class.
12175         """
12176         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
12177         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PySizer);self._setOORInfo(self)
12178
12179     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
12180         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
12181         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
12182
12183 _core_.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
12184
12185 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12186
12187 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
12188     """
12189     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
12190     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
12191     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
12192     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
12193     parameter passed to the constructor.
12194     """
12195     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12196     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12197     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12198         """
12199         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
12200
12201         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
12202         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
12203         sizer.
12204         """
12205         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12206         self._setOORInfo(self)
12207
12208     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
12209         """
12210         GetOrientation(self) -> int
12211
12212         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
12213         """
12214         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
12215
12216     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
12217         """
12218         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
12219
12220         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
12221         """
12222         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
12223
12224     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
12225 _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
12226
12227 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12228
12229 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
12230     """
12231     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
12232     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
12233     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
12234     passed to the sizer constructor.
12235     """
12236     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12237     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12238     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12239         """
12240         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
12241
12242         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
12243         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
12244         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
12245         """
12246         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12247         self._setOORInfo(self)
12248
12249     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
12250         """
12251         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
12252
12253         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
12254         """
12255         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
12256
12257     StaticBox = property(GetStaticBox,doc="See `GetStaticBox`")
12258 _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
12259
12260 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12261
12262 class GridSizer(Sizer):
12263     """
12264     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
12265     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
12266     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
12267     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
12268     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
12269     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
12270
12271     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
12272     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
12273     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
12274     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
12275     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
12276     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
12277
12278     """
12279     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12280     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12281     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12282         """
12283         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
12284
12285         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
12286         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
12287         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
12288         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
12289         define extra space between all children.
12290         """
12291         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12292         self._setOORInfo(self)
12293
12294     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
12295         """
12296         SetCols(self, int cols)
12297
12298         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
12299         """
12300         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
12301
12302     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
12303         """
12304         SetRows(self, int rows)
12305
12306         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
12307         """
12308         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
12309
12310     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
12311         """
12312         SetVGap(self, int gap)
12313
12314         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
12315         """
12316         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
12317
12318     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
12319         """
12320         SetHGap(self, int gap)
12321
12322         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
12323         """
12324         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
12325
12326     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
12327         """
12328         GetCols(self) -> int
12329
12330         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
12331         """
12332         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
12333
12334     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
12335         """
12336         GetRows(self) -> int
12337
12338         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
12339         """
12340         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
12341
12342     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
12343         """
12344         GetVGap(self) -> int
12345
12346         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
12347         """
12348         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
12349
12350     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
12351         """
12352         GetHGap(self) -> int
12353
12354         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
12355         """
12356         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
12357
12358     def CalcRowsCols(self):
12359         """
12360         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
12361
12362         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
12363         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
12364         in the constructor.
12365         """
12366         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
12367         rows = self.GetRows()
12368         cols = self.GetCols()
12369         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
12370         if cols != 0:
12371             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
12372         elif rows != 0:
12373             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
12374         return (rows, cols)
12375
12376     Cols = property(GetCols,SetCols,doc="See `GetCols` and `SetCols`")
12377     HGap = property(GetHGap,SetHGap,doc="See `GetHGap` and `SetHGap`")
12378     Rows = property(GetRows,SetRows,doc="See `GetRows` and `SetRows`")
12379     VGap = property(GetVGap,SetVGap,doc="See `GetVGap` and `SetVGap`")
12380 _core_.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
12381
12382 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12383
12384 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
12385 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
12386 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
12387 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
12388     """
12389     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
12390     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
12391     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
12392     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
12393     the `wx.GridSizer`.
12394
12395     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
12396     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
12397     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
12398     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
12399     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
12400     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
12401
12402
12403     """
12404     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12405     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12406     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12407         """
12408         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
12409
12410         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
12411         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
12412         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
12413         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
12414         define extra space between all children.
12415         """
12416         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12417         self._setOORInfo(self)
12418
12419     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
12420         """
12421         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
12422
12423         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
12424         is extra space available to the sizer.
12425
12426         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
12427         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
12428         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
12429         """
12430         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
12431
12432     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
12433         """
12434         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
12435
12436         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
12437         """
12438         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
12439
12440     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
12441         """
12442         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
12443
12444         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
12445         there is extra space available to the sizer.
12446
12447         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
12448         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
12449         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
12450         """
12451         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
12452
12453     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
12454         """
12455         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
12456
12457         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
12458         """
12459         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
12460
12461     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
12462         """
12463         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
12464
12465         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
12466         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
12467         other value is ignored.
12468
12469             ==============    =======================================
12470             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
12471             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
12472             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
12473                               (this is the default value).
12474             ==============    =======================================
12475
12476         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
12477
12478         """
12479         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
12480
12481     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
12482         """
12483         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
12484
12485         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
12486         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
12487
12488         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
12489         """
12490         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
12491
12492     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
12493         """
12494         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
12495
12496         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
12497         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
12498         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
12499
12500             ==========================  =================================================
12501             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
12502             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
12503                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
12504                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
12505                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
12506             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
12507                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
12508                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
12509             ==========================  =================================================
12510
12511         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
12512         """
12513         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
12514
12515     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
12516         """
12517         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
12518
12519         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
12520         non-flexible direction if there is one.
12521
12522         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
12523         """
12524         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
12525
12526     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
12527         """
12528         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
12529
12530         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
12531         rows in the sizer.
12532         """
12533         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
12534
12535     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
12536         """
12537         GetColWidths(self) -> list
12538
12539         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
12540         columns in the sizer.
12541         """
12542         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
12543
12544     ColWidths = property(GetColWidths,doc="See `GetColWidths`")
12545     FlexibleDirection = property(GetFlexibleDirection,SetFlexibleDirection,doc="See `GetFlexibleDirection` and `SetFlexibleDirection`")
12546     NonFlexibleGrowMode = property(GetNonFlexibleGrowMode,SetNonFlexibleGrowMode,doc="See `GetNonFlexibleGrowMode` and `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`")
12547     RowHeights = property(GetRowHeights,doc="See `GetRowHeights`")
12548 _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
12549
12550 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
12551     """
12552     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
12553     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
12554     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
12555     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
12556     will take care of the rest.
12557
12558     """
12559     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12560     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12561     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12562         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
12563         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12564     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
12565         """
12566         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
12567
12568         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
12569         method in the base class.
12570         """
12571         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
12572
12573     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
12574         """
12575         Realize(self)
12576
12577         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
12578         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
12579         specifc manner.
12580         """
12581         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
12582
12583     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12584         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12585         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12586
12587     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12588         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12589         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12590
12591     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
12592         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12593         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
12594
12595     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12596         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12597         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12598
12599     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
12600         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12601         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
12602
12603     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12604         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12605         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12606
12607     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
12608         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12609         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
12610
12611     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
12612         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12613         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
12614
12615     AffirmativeButton = property(GetAffirmativeButton,SetAffirmativeButton,doc="See `GetAffirmativeButton` and `SetAffirmativeButton`")
12616     ApplyButton = property(GetApplyButton,doc="See `GetApplyButton`")
12617     CancelButton = property(GetCancelButton,SetCancelButton,doc="See `GetCancelButton` and `SetCancelButton`")
12618     HelpButton = property(GetHelpButton,doc="See `GetHelpButton`")
12619     NegativeButton = property(GetNegativeButton,SetNegativeButton,doc="See `GetNegativeButton` and `SetNegativeButton`")
12620 _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
12621
12622 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12623
12624 class GBPosition(object):
12625     """
12626     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
12627     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
12628     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
12629     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
12630     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
12631     """
12632     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12633     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12634     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12635         """
12636         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
12637
12638         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
12639         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
12640         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
12641         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
12642         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
12643         """
12644         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
12645     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
12646     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12647     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
12648         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
12649         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
12650
12651     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
12652         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
12653         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
12654
12655     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
12656         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
12657         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
12658
12659     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
12660         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
12661         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
12662
12663     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12664         """
12665         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12666
12667         Compare GBPosition for equality.
12668         """
12669         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12670
12671     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12672         """
12673         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12674
12675         Compare GBPosition for inequality.
12676         """
12677         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12678
12679     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12680         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
12681         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12682
12683     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12684         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12685         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12686
12687     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12688     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12689     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
12690     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12691     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12692     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12693         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
12694         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
12695         else: raise IndexError
12696     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12697     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12698     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
12699
12700     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
12701     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
12702
12703 _core_.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
12704
12705 class GBSpan(object):
12706     """
12707     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
12708     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
12709     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
12710     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
12711     nearly transparently in Python code.
12712
12713     """
12714     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12715     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12716     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12717         """
12718         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
12719
12720         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
12721         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
12722         cell in each direction.
12723         """
12724         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
12725     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
12726     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12727     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12728         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
12729         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12730
12731     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12732         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
12733         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12734
12735     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12736         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
12737         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12738
12739     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12740         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
12741         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12742
12743     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12744         """
12745         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12746
12747         Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
12748         """
12749         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12750
12751     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12752         """
12753         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12754
12755         Compare GBSpan for inequality.
12756         """
12757         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12758
12759     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12760         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
12761         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12762
12763     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12764         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12765         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12766
12767     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12768     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12769     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
12770     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12771     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12772     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12773         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
12774         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
12775         else: raise IndexError
12776     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12777     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12778     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
12779
12780     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
12781     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
12782
12783 _core_.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
12784
12785 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
12786     """
12787     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
12788     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
12789     and how many rows or columns it spans.
12790
12791     """
12792     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12793     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12794     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12795         """
12796         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
12797
12798         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
12799         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
12800         item can be used in a Sizer.
12801
12802         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
12803         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
12804         """
12805         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
12806     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
12807     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12808     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12809         """
12810         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
12811
12812         Get the grid position of the item
12813         """
12814         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12815
12816     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
12817     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12818         """
12819         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
12820
12821         Get the row and column spanning of the item
12822         """
12823         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12824
12825     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
12826     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12827         """
12828         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12829
12830         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12831         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
12832         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
12833         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
12834         """
12835         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12836
12837     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12838         """
12839         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
12840
12841         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12842         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
12843         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
12844         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
12845
12846         """
12847         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12848
12849     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
12850         """
12851         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
12852
12853         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
12854         """
12855         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
12856
12857     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
12858         """
12859         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
12860
12861         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
12862         """
12863         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
12864
12865     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
12866         """
12867         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
12868
12869         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
12870         """
12871         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
12872
12873     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12874         """
12875         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
12876
12877         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
12878         """
12879         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12880
12881     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12882         """
12883         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
12884
12885         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
12886         """
12887         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12888
12889     EndPos = property(GetEndPos,doc="See `GetEndPos`")
12890     GBSizer = property(GetGBSizer,SetGBSizer,doc="See `GetGBSizer` and `SetGBSizer`")
12891     Pos = property(GetPos,SetPos,doc="See `GetPos` and `SetPos`")
12892     Span = property(GetSpan,SetSpan,doc="See `GetSpan` and `SetSpan`")
12893 _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
12894 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
12895
12896 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12897     """
12898     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12899         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12900
12901     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
12902     """
12903     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12904     return val
12905
12906 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12907     """
12908     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12909         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12910
12911     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
12912     """
12913     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12914     return val
12915
12916 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12917     """
12918     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
12919         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12920
12921     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
12922     """
12923     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12924     return val
12925
12926 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
12927     """
12928     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
12929     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
12930     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
12931     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
12932     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
12933     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
12934
12935     """
12936     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12937     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12938     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12939         """
12940         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
12941
12942         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
12943         rows and columns.
12944         """
12945         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12946         self._setOORInfo(self)
12947
12948     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12949         """
12950         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
12951         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12952
12953         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
12954         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
12955         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
12956
12957         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
12958         position, False if something was already there.
12959
12960         """
12961         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12962
12963     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12964         """
12965         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12966
12967         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
12968         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
12969         something was already there.
12970         """
12971         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12972
12973     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12974         """
12975         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
12976
12977         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
12978         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
12979         """
12980         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12981
12982     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12983         """
12984         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
12985
12986         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12987         """
12988         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12989
12990     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12991         """
12992         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
12993
12994         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12995         """
12996         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12997
12998     def GetItemPosition(*args):
12999         """
13000         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
13001
13002         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
13003         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
13004         index of an item.
13005         """
13006         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
13007
13008     def SetItemPosition(*args):
13009         """
13010         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
13011
13012         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
13013         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
13014         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
13015         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
13016
13017         """
13018         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
13019
13020     def GetItemSpan(*args):
13021         """
13022         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
13023
13024         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
13025         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
13026         zero-based index of an item.
13027         """
13028         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
13029
13030     def SetItemSpan(*args):
13031         """
13032         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
13033
13034         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
13035         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
13036         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
13037         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
13038         """
13039         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
13040
13041     def FindItem(*args):
13042         """
13043         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
13044
13045         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
13046         not found. (non-recursive)
13047         """
13048         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
13049
13050     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
13051         """
13052         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
13053
13054         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
13055         item at that position. (non-recursive)
13056         """
13057         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
13058
13059     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
13060         """
13061         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
13062
13063         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
13064         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
13065         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
13066         layout. (non-recursive)
13067         """
13068         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
13069
13070     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
13071         """
13072         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
13073
13074         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
13075         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
13076         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
13077         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
13078         position of.
13079
13080         """
13081         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
13082
13083     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
13084         """
13085         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
13086
13087         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
13088         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
13089         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
13090         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
13091         position of.
13092         """
13093         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
13094
13095 _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
13096
13097 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13098
13099 Left = _core_.Left
13100 Top = _core_.Top
13101 Right = _core_.Right
13102 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
13103 Width = _core_.Width
13104 Height = _core_.Height
13105 Centre = _core_.Centre
13106 Center = _core_.Center
13107 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
13108 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
13109 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
13110 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
13111 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
13112 Above = _core_.Above
13113 Below = _core_.Below
13114 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
13115 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
13116 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
13117 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
13118 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
13119     """
13120     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
13121     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
13122     You will never need to create an instance of
13123     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
13124     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
13125     that it contains.
13126     """
13127     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13128     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
13129     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13130     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
13131         """
13132         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
13133
13134         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
13135         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
13136         """
13137         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
13138
13139     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
13140         """
13141         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13142
13143         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
13144         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
13145         other window.
13146         """
13147         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
13148
13149     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
13150         """
13151         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13152
13153         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
13154         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
13155         other window.
13156         """
13157         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
13158
13159     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
13160         """
13161         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13162
13163         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
13164         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
13165         window.
13166         """
13167         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
13168
13169     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
13170         """
13171         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13172
13173         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
13174         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
13175         window.
13176         """
13177         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
13178
13179     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
13180         """
13181         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
13182
13183         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
13184         given window, with an optional margin.
13185         """
13186         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
13187
13188     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
13189         """
13190         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
13191
13192         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
13193         window, with an optional margin.
13194         """
13195         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
13196
13197     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
13198         """
13199         Absolute(self, int val)
13200
13201         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
13202         """
13203         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
13204
13205     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
13206         """
13207         Unconstrained(self)
13208
13209         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
13210         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
13211         """
13212         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
13213
13214     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
13215         """
13216         AsIs(self)
13217
13218         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
13219         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
13220         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
13221         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
13222         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
13223         button label.
13224         """
13225         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
13226
13227     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
13228         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
13229         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
13230
13231     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13232         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
13233         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13234
13235     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13236         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
13237         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13238
13239     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
13240         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
13241         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
13242
13243     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
13244         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
13245         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
13246
13247     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
13248         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
13249         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
13250
13251     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
13252         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
13253         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
13254
13255     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
13256         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
13257         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
13258
13259     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13260         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
13261         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13262
13263     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
13264         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
13265         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
13266
13267     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
13268         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
13269         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
13270
13271     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
13272         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
13273         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
13274
13275     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
13276         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
13277         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
13278
13279     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
13280         """
13281         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
13282
13283         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
13284         """
13285         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
13286
13287     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
13288         """
13289         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
13290
13291         Try to satisfy constraint
13292         """
13293         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
13294
13295     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13296         """
13297         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
13298
13299         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
13300         is not determinable, -1.
13301         """
13302         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13303
13304     Done = property(GetDone,SetDone,doc="See `GetDone` and `SetDone`")
13305     Margin = property(GetMargin,SetMargin,doc="See `GetMargin` and `SetMargin`")
13306     MyEdge = property(GetMyEdge,doc="See `GetMyEdge`")
13307     OtherEdge = property(GetOtherEdge,doc="See `GetOtherEdge`")
13308     OtherWindow = property(GetOtherWindow,doc="See `GetOtherWindow`")
13309     Percent = property(GetPercent,doc="See `GetPercent`")
13310     Relationship = property(GetRelationship,SetRelationship,doc="See `GetRelationship` and `SetRelationship`")
13311     Value = property(GetValue,SetValue,doc="See `GetValue` and `SetValue`")
13312 _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
13313
13314 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
13315     """
13316     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
13317     instead.
13318
13319     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
13320     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
13321
13322     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
13323     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
13324     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
13325
13326         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
13327         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
13328         * top: represents the top edge of the window
13329         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
13330         * width: represents the width of the window
13331         * height: represents the height of the window
13332         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
13333         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
13334
13335     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
13336     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
13337     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
13338     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
13339     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
13340     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
13341     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
13342
13343     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
13344
13345     """
13346     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13347     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13348     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
13349     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
13350     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
13351     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
13352     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
13353     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
13354     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
13355     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
13356     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13357         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
13358         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
13359     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
13360     __del__ = lambda self : None;
13361     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
13362         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
13363         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
13364
13365     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
13366         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
13367         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
13368
13369 _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
13370
13371 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13372
13373 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
13374 try:
13375     True
13376 except NameError:
13377     __builtins__.True = 1==1
13378     __builtins__.False = 1==0
13379     def bool(value): return not not value
13380     __builtins__.bool = bool
13381
13382
13383
13384 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
13385 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
13386 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
13387 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
13388
13389
13390 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13391 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
13392 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
13393
13394 from __version__ import *
13395 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
13396
13397 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
13398 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
13399 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
13400     import warnings
13401     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
13402
13403 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13404
13405 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
13406 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
13407 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
13408 # encoding we need to use as well.)
13409 #
13410 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
13411 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
13412 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
13413 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
13414 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
13415 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
13416
13417 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
13418 if default == 'ascii':
13419     import locale
13420     import codecs
13421     try:
13422         default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
13423         codecs.lookup(default)
13424     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
13425         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
13426     del locale
13427     del codecs
13428 if default:
13429     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
13430 del default
13431
13432 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13433
13434 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
13435     pass
13436
13437 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
13438     """
13439     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
13440     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
13441     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
13442     """
13443     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
13444     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
13445
13446     def __repr__(self):
13447         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13448             self._name = "[unknown]"
13449         return self.reprStr % self._name
13450
13451     def __getattr__(self, *args):
13452         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13453             self._name = "[unknown]"
13454         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
13455
13456     def __nonzero__(self):
13457         return 0
13458
13459
13460
13461 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
13462     pass
13463
13464 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
13465     """
13466     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
13467     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
13468     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
13469     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
13470     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
13471     is ready.
13472     """
13473
13474     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
13475     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
13476
13477     def __repr__(self):
13478         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13479         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
13480         return self.reprStr #% self._name
13481
13482     def __getattr__(self, *args):
13483         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13484         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
13485         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
13486
13487     def __nonzero__(self):
13488         return 0
13489
13490
13491 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13492
13493 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
13494     """
13495     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
13496     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
13497     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
13498     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
13499
13500     :see: `wx.CallLater`
13501     """
13502     app = wx.GetApp()
13503     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
13504
13505     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
13506         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
13507         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
13508                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
13509     evt = wx.PyEvent()
13510     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
13511     evt.callable = callable
13512     evt.args = args
13513     evt.kw = kw
13514     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
13515
13516 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13517
13518
13519 class CallLater:
13520     """
13521     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
13522     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
13523     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
13524     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
13525
13526     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
13527     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
13528     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
13529     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
13530     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.CallLater
13531     object.
13532
13533     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
13534     """
13535     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
13536         self.millis = millis
13537         self.callable = callable
13538         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
13539         self.runCount = 0
13540         self.running = False
13541         self.hasRun = False
13542         self.result = None
13543         self.timer = None
13544         self.Start()
13545
13546     def __del__(self):
13547         self.Stop()
13548
13549
13550     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
13551         """
13552         (Re)start the timer
13553         """
13554         self.hasRun = False
13555         if millis is not None:
13556             self.millis = millis
13557         if args or kwargs:
13558             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
13559         self.Stop()
13560         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
13561         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
13562         self.running = True
13563     Restart = Start
13564
13565
13566     def Stop(self):
13567         """
13568         Stop and destroy the timer.
13569         """
13570         if self.timer is not None:
13571             self.timer.Stop()
13572             self.timer = None
13573
13574
13575     def GetInterval(self):
13576         if self.timer is not None:
13577             return self.timer.GetInterval()
13578         else:
13579             return 0
13580
13581
13582     def IsRunning(self):
13583         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
13584
13585
13586     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
13587         """
13588         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
13589         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
13590         new call to the same callable object but with different
13591         parameters.
13592         """
13593         self.args = args
13594         self.kwargs = kwargs
13595
13596
13597     def HasRun(self):
13598         return self.hasRun
13599
13600     def GetResult(self):
13601         return self.result
13602
13603     def Notify(self):
13604         """
13605         The timer has expired so call the callable.
13606         """
13607         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
13608             self.runCount += 1
13609             self.running = False
13610             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
13611         self.hasRun = True
13612         if not self.running:
13613             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
13614             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
13615
13616     Interval = property(GetInterval)
13617     Result = property(GetResult)
13618
13619
13620 class FutureCall(CallLater):
13621     """A compatibility alias for `CallLater`."""
13622
13623 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13624 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
13625 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
13626 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
13627 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
13628 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
13629 # where they should be used.
13630
13631 class __DocFilter:
13632     """
13633     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
13634     functions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
13635     """
13636     def __init__(self, globals):
13637         self._globals = globals
13638
13639     def __call__(self, name):
13640         import types
13641         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
13642
13643         # only document classes and function
13644         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
13645             return False
13646
13647         # skip other things that are private or will be documented as part of somethign else
13648         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
13649             return False
13650
13651         # skip functions that are duplicates of static functions in a class
13652         if name.find('_') != -1:
13653             cls = self._globals.get(name.split('_')[0], None)
13654             methname = name.split('_')[1]
13655             if hasattr(cls, methname) and type(getattr(cls, methname)) is types.FunctionType:
13656                 return False
13657
13658         return True
13659
13660 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13661 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13662
13663 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
13664 # "core" wx namespace
13665 from _gdi import *
13666 from _windows import *
13667 from _controls import *
13668 from _misc import *
13669
13670 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13671 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13672
13673
13674